Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2007
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
New Jersey   6022   20-8444387
(State or other jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
(201) 944-8600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Albert F. Buzzetti
President and Chief Executive Officer
Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
(201) 944-8600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
with a copy to:
Robert B. Murphy, Esq.
Pepper Hamilton LLP
Hamilton Square
600 Fourteenth Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20005-2004
      Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after this registration statement is declared effective.
      If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. þ
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                                             
 
  Title of each               Proposed maximum     Proposed maximum        
  class of securities     Amount to be     offering price     aggregate offering     Amount of  
  to be registered     registered (1)     per unit (2)     price (2)     registration fee  
 
Common stock, no par value per share
      2,898,967       $ 17.94       $ 52,007,467.98       $ 1,596.63    
 
(1)   Based on the approximate number of shares to be issued in respect of the same number of outstanding shares of common stock of Bank of New Jersey, plus shares issuable pursuant to outstanding exercisable options and warrants to acquire such stock.
 
(2)   Based on the book value of the common stock at December 31, 2006, in accordance with Rules 457(f)(2).
 
 


Table of Contents

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
March 27, 2007
To Our Shareholders:
          You are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Bank of New Jersey, or the “Bank,” to be held on Monday, April 23, 2007 at 3:00 PM at the Fort Lee Hilton Hotel, 2117 Route 4 Eastbound, Fort Lee, New Jersey.
          At the annual meeting, shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon:
    The election of 18 directors to the Bank’s board of directors to serve until the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualify.
 
    The 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, which provides for options to purchase shares of common stock to be issued to non-employee directors of the Bank.
 
    A Plan of Acquisition pursuant to which the Bank would adopt a bank holding company structure, the Bank would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a company formed solely for the purpose of becoming the holding company of the Bank, and the shareholders of the Bank would become shareholders of the holding company through a one-to-one exchange of their shares of common stock of the Bank for shares of common stock of the holding company.
          The board of directors of the Bank believes that each of the proposals being submitted to the shareholders is in the best interests of the Bank and its shareholders and urges you to vote in favor of each of these proposals.
     
 
  Very truly yours,
 
   
 
  /s/ Albert F. Buzzetti
 
  ALBERT F. BUZZETTI
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Table of Contents

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
TO BE HELD APRIL 23, 2007
          Notice is hereby given that the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Bank of New Jersey, or the “Bank,” will be held at the Fort Lee Hilton Hotel, 2117 Route 4 Eastbound, Fort Lee, New Jersey on Monday, April 23, 2007, at 3:00 PM, for the purpose of considering and voting upon the following matters.
    The election of 18 directors to the Bank’s board of directors to serve until the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualify.
 
    The 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, which provides for options to purchase shares of common stock to be issued to non-employee directors of the Bank.
 
    A Plan of Acquisition pursuant to which the Bank would adopt a bank holding company structure, the Bank would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a company formed solely for the purpose of becoming the holding company of the Bank, and the shareholders of the Bank would become shareholders of the holding company through a one-to-one exchange of their shares of common stock of the Bank for shares of common stock of the holding company.
          Shareholders of record at the close of business on February 22, 2007 are entitled to notice of and to vote at the annual meeting. Whether or not you contemplate attending the annual meeting, the board of directors of the Bank recommends that you execute and return the enclosed proxy. You may revoke your proxy at any time prior to the exercise of the proxy by delivering to the Bank a later dated proxy, by delivering a later dated written notice of revocation to the Bank, or by voting your shares in person at the annual meeting.
     
 
  BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
 
  /s/ Connie Caltabellatta
 
  CONNIE CALTABELLATTA
 
  Secretary
 
   
March 27, 2007
   

 


Table of Contents

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING
OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON APRIL 23, 2007
          This proxy statement is being furnished to shareholders of Bank of New Jersey, referred to as the “Bank,” in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of the Bank of proxies to be voted at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held at the Fort Lee Hilton Hotel, 2117 Route 4 Eastbound, Fort Lee, New Jersey, at 3:00 PM on Monday, April 23, 2007, or such later date to which the annual meeting may be adjourned or postponed.
          At the annual meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote upon the following matters:
    The election of 18 directors to the Bank’s board of directors to serve until the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualify.
 
    The 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, which provides for options to purchase shares of common stock to be issued to non-employee directors of the Bank.
 
    A Plan of Acquisition pursuant to which the Bank would adopt a bank holding company structure, the Bank would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a company formed solely for the purpose of becoming the holding company of the Bank, and the shareholders of the Bank would become shareholders of the holding company through a one-to-one exchange of their shares of common stock of the Bank for shares of common stock of the holding company.
Information regarding these proposals is included in this proxy statement, as well the exhibits hereto. In accordance with the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended, referred to as the “Banking Act,” and the by-laws of the Bank, no other business may be transacted at the annual meeting. Shareholders should carefully read this proxy statement, as well as the exhibits hereto.
          If the Plan of Acquisition is approved and the holding company reorganization is consummated, shareholders of the Bank who do not dissent will receive shares of the common stock, no par value per share, of the holding company. Exchanging your shares in the Bank for shares of holding company common stock involves significant risks. YOU SHOULD READ THE “RISK FACTORS” SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 4 BEFORE VOTING ON THE PLAN OF ACQUISITION.
           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the common stock of the holding company or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this proxy statement. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
           Neither the common stock of the Bank nor the common stock of the holding company are savings accounts or savings deposits and will not be insured by the bank insurance fund of the federal deposit insurance corporation or any other government agency. These securities are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.
          The first date on which this proxy statement and the enclosed form of proxy are being sent to the shareholders of the Bank is on or about March 27, 2007.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    1  
    4  
    10  
    13  
    25  
    39  
    42  
       
       
       
       
  Plan of Acquisition
  Certificate of Incorporation
  Sections 360 through 369 of the Banking Act
  Specimen form of stock certificate
  Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP regarding legality
  Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP regarding tax matters
  Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Albert F. Buzzetti*
  Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Michael Lesler*
  Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Leo J. Faresich*
  Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Dianne M. Spinner*
  2006 Stock Option Plan*
  Form of Stock Option Award Agreement*
  Annual report to stockholders
  Consent of KPMG LLP
This proxy statement incorporates important business and financial information about the Bank that is included in our 2006 Annual Report, a copy of which is being delivered with this proxy statement. If you do not have a copy of our 2006 Annual Report, a copy is available without charge to shareholders of the Bank upon written request to Bank of New Jersey, 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, Attention: Albert F. Buzzetti, President and CEO, or by telephone by calling (201) 944-8600. To obtain timely delivery, shareholders must request the information no later than five business days before the date of the annual meeting, or April 16, 2007, and should request the information sooner if they intend to vote by proxy.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
          The information in this proxy statement contains “forward looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which involve risks and uncertainties. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence, strategies, and expectations about new and existing programs, products, relationships, opportunities, technologies, and market conditions. These statements may be identified by the use of such words as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “may,” “potential,” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Examples of forward looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, and business of Bank of New Jersey, that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates. These factors include: changes in general, economic and market conditions, both in the Bank’s trade area and nationally, legislative and regulatory conditions, or the development of an interest rate environment which adversely affects Bank of New Jersey’s interest rate margin or other income anticipated from operations and investments, changes in monetary policy, the continued viability of the Bank’s customers and a variety of other matters, most, if not at all of which, are beyond the Bank’s control. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which only reflect management’s analysis as of the date of this proxy statement. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements or to make any public announcement when we consider forward-looking statements in this proxy statement to no longer be accurate, whether as a result of new information or future events.

 


Table of Contents

SUMMARY
           This summary highlights some of the information contained elsewhere in this proxy statement regarding the proposal to adopt the Plan of Acquisition. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before voting on the Plan of Acquisition. You should read the entire proxy statement carefully, including “Risk Factors,” before you decide to vote on the Plan of Acquisition.
Our Business
          We are a New Jersey state-chartered commercial bank, having our principal office in Fort Lee in Bergen County, New Jersey.
          We provide a traditional range of financial products and services to meet the deposit and credit needs of individual customers, small businesses and professionals in our local market area. As a locally owned and operated community bank, we maintain a strong focus on service that is highly personalized, efficient and responsive to local needs. To augment the provision of community banking services, we provide for the alternate delivery of certain of our financial products to our local customers and to a broader market through the use of mail, telephone and internet banking.
          It is our intention to deliver these products and services with the care and professionalism expected of a community bank and with a special dedication to personalized service. To create this environment, we employ a well-trained, highly motivated staff interested in providing quality client relationships using state-of-the-art delivery systems and client service facilities.
          The pursuit of this strategy is guided by a management team with extensive banking experience, whose goal is to serve the financial needs of its clients and provide a profitable return to its investors, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
Plan of Acquisition
          The board of directors of the Bank has approved a Plan of Acquisition that provides for the establishment of a bank holding company structure. The Plan provides for the transfer and contribution of all of the Bank’s stock by the shareholders to the holding company in a one for one exchange for the stock of the holding company pursuant to the terms of the Banking Act. As a result, the shareholders of the Bank would become the shareholders of the holding company, the holding company would acquire the Bank and the Bank would be the wholly-owned subsidiary of the holding company. You should refer to “Proposal 2 Plan of Acquisition” for more information.
Per Share Data
          The following table sets forth certain per share data of the Bank at and for the period ended December 31, 2006.
         
Book value per share–basic:
    $17.94  
Income (loss) per share–basic:
    ($  0.24 )
Cash dividends declared per share:
    $  0.00  

 


Table of Contents

After the holding company reorganization, the consolidated capitalization, assets, liabilities, results of operations and other financial data of the holding company immediately following the reorganization will be substantially the same as those of the Bank immediately prior to the holding company reorganization. You should refer to “Proposal 2 Plan of Acquisition–Accounting Treatment” for more information.
Market Value of Common Stock
          Although our common stock is freely transferable, it is not traded on an exchange and no active or liquid trading market for our common stock exists. Purchases and sales generally take place pursuant to negotiated transactions. Based on approximately fifteen trades prior to November 30, 2006, the day prior to the adoption of the Plan of Acquisition, the market value of the common stock of the Bank was $20.00 per share or, as adjusted for our ten percent stock distribution in January 2007, $18.18. The holding company has been organized solely for the purpose of consummating the holding company reorganization and unless and until the holding company reorganization is consummated no shares of common stock of the holding company will be issued.
Votes Held by Our Directors and Executive Officers and Their Affiliates
          As of February 22, 2007, our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates beneficially owned 612,537 shares of the common stock of the Bank, or approximately 24.30% of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote on the Plan of Acquisition and shares issuable upon the exercise of exercisable warrants and options held by our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates. We anticipate that all of our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will vote FOR the Plan of Acquisition. The approval of the Plan requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of outstanding shares. Accordingly, the votes of our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will have a significant influence on whether the Plan is approved by our shareholders.
Regulatory Requirements
          Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan is subject to certain federal and state regulatory requirements, namely the approval of the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, which was received on January 16, 2007, and the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The holding company has filed an application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and an action on the application is pending. You should refer to “Proposal 2 Plan of Acquisition—Regulatory Requirements and Other Conditions” for more information.
Dissenters’ Rights
          You have the right to dissent from the Plan and demand and receive payment of the fair value of shares of common stock of the Bank. You should refer to “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders” for more information.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
          It is expected that the holding company reorganization contemplated by the Plan of Acquisition will not result in U.S. federal income tax to a holder of shares of Bank stock who exchanges his or her shares solely for shares of holding company stock. You should refer to “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” for more information and consult with your own tax advisor for a comprehensive explanation of the tax consequences of the Plan of Acquisition as it affects your particular circumstances.

-2-


Table of Contents

Recommendation
      THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE PLAN OF ACQUISITION.

-3-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
           You should carefully consider the risk factors listed below. This list includes only the risk factors that we believe are most significant and is not a complete list of the risks associated with an investment in the common stock of the Bank or of the holding company. You should read this section together with the other information in this proxy statement and our 2006 Annual Report which is incorporated into this proxy statement by reference.
Certain provisions of the holding company’s certificate of incorporation will make it more difficult to remove the board of directors or management of the holding company.
          The holding company’s certificate of incorporation provides for the classification of the board of directors into three classes with each class serving a staggered three-year term. As a result of this classification, only one third of the entire board of directors should stand for election in any one year and a minimum of two annual meetings would be required to elect a majority of the board of directors. This may have the effect of deterring or discouraging, among other things, a proxy contest for control of the holding company, the assumption of control of the holding company by a holder of a large block of the holding company’s common stock, and the removal of incumbent management.
          Approval of the Plan will, in effect, constitute approval of the classified board of directors by shareholders.
Certain provisions of New Jersey law, which would be applicable to the holding company but are not applicable to the Bank, may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt.
          Certain provisions of the New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt which is not approved by the board of directors, but which you might deem to be in your best interests or in which you might receive a substantial premium for your shares over the current market prices. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. A corporation may exempt itself from the requirements of the statute by so specifying in its certificate of incorporation. The certificate of incorporation of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc. does not opt out of the New Jersey Shareholders’ Protection Act.
We must obtain further governmental approvals to implement the Plan of Acquisition.
          The holding company reorganization contemplated by the Plan may only be consummated if the Federal Reserve approves the application filed by the holding company to undertake the holding company reorganization. The holding company filed the application with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on January 24, 2007. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will not deny our application or impose conditions which we find objectionable.
We have a limited operating history.
          We commenced operations in May 2006 and have less than one year of operating history. Our operations are subject to the risks inherent in the establishment of a new business and, specifically, of a new bank. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient revenue to operate profitably. Because we are a new bank, we are only able to provided limited information regarding our operations.

-4-


Table of Contents

Our success will depend in significant part on management’s business plan and ability to execute.
          We believe that we have a favorable market area, that our focus on personalized services will give us a competitive advantage, and that the experience and personal contacts of our directors and officers will provide us with the ability to implement successfully our business plan. If these views are not accurate, or if we are unable to execute this business model, our business, operating results, and financial condition would be adversely affected.
The holding company reorganization would allow our board and management greater flexibility.
          The holding company reorganization would provide our board of directors and management with greater flexibility in connection with corporate governance and business operations. This greater flexibility would increase our reliance of the judgments and actions of our board and management to achieve effective corporate governance and to operate our business.
There is a limited public trading market for our securities.
          While the common stock of the Bank is transferable and the common stock of the holding company will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or “SEC,” there has been no prior public market established for our securities, and there can be no assurance that either an established or a liquid trading market will develop in the future. Shareholders wishing to sell their securities may have to find buyers through their own efforts, and there can be no assurance that any such buyer will be available.
Shareholders’ interests are subject to dilution and approval of the Plan will subject shareholders’ interests to additional dilution.
          In connection with the proposed holding company reorganization, we have proposed to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 5,000,000 to 20,000,000. Generally, our board of directors would have the ability to issue authorized shares without shareholder approval. Certain issuances, such as issuances in connection with a stock dividend or distribution or a stock split, are made pro-rata among existing shareholders. However, shareholders do not have preemptive rights and the board is under no duty to issue shares pro-rata among existing shareholders. Accordingly, any issuance that is not made pro-rata among existing shareholders would increase the number of outstanding shares of common stock and the percentage ownership of existing shareholders would be diluted accordingly. The dilutive effect of such an issuance could discourage a challenge for control or make it less likely that such a challenge, if attempted, would be successful. Our board would also have the ability to fix the consideration for any shares issued in connection with a future capital raise. In the event that the per share consideration was fixed at an amount less than the then-current book value per share, the issuance would be dilutive to the book value per share of existing shareholders. Approval of the Plan will, in effect, constitute approval of increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock by shareholders.
          In addition to any dilution which may be related to an increase in the authorized number of shares of common stock, we have granted and may grant additional options in the future to our officers, directors, and employees. The exercise of these options at some time in the future will result in further voting power dilution to other shareholders, and could result in further book value dilution to shareholders if the exercise price of the options is less than the per share book value on the date of exercise.

-5-


Table of Contents

Warrants could dilute the value of our common stock.
          In connection with the initial capitalization of the Bank, we issued one warrant to purchase one additional share of common stock at a price of $24.00 per share for every five shares of common stock purchased by subscribers in the offering, or warrants to purchase an aggregate of 435,736 shares. As a result of a ten percent stock distribution in January 2007, in accordance with the terms of the warrants, the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrants has been increased to 479,308 and the exercise price per share has been adjusted to $21.82. If the holding company reorganization contemplated by the Plan is consummated, these warrants will be assumed by the holding company. The warrants may be exercised at any time prior to May 9, 2009. When any of the warrants are exercised, the purchase of shares of common stock at the exercise price will result in stock value dilution to the then existing shareholders to the extent that the exercise price of the warrants is less than the per share book value on the date of exercise.
We may require additional capital in the future.
          We anticipate that our existing capital resources will adequately satisfy our capital requirements through our first five years of operations. Future capital requirements, however, depend on many factors, including our ability to attract new customers and provide additional services. To the extent that our existing capital resources are insufficient to fund future operating requirements, it may be necessary to raise additional funds through public or private financings. Any equity or debt financings, if available at all, may be on terms which are not favorable to us and, in the case of equity financings, could result in dilution of the interests of our then-existing shareholders. If adequate capital is not available, we will be subject to an increased level of regulatory supervision and our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We may incur additional losses during our start-up period.
          Projections we provided in our application to the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance for a charter indicate losses for the first year of operation and that we may become profitable at some point during our second year of operation. While our results of operations through December 31, 2006 have exceeded our initial projections, there can be no assurance that they will continue to do so or that we will ever operate at a sustainable profit.
          Our primary emphasis is on commercial-purpose loans to small businesses, professional persons and individual consumers with appropriate collateral. We will focus on providing personalized services and making use of the business and personal ties of our directors and officers. Our ability to realize a profit will depend, among other things, upon the skillful execution of this business plan by management, as well as external factors, including national and local economic conditions, monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government, and legislative and regulatory developments, any of which may adversely affect the banking industry and our operations.
We may not be successful in opening new branches or managing growth.
          We have received regulatory approval to open two new bank branches, both in Fort Lee, New Jersey. We have also applied to open a third new bank branch in Hackensack, New Jersey, and may consider other new bank branches in the future. We may not obtain regulatory approval to open the Hackensack branch or be able to identify and hire qualified management to operate any of these branches. In addition, the organizational and overhead costs may be greater than we anticipated. New branches may take longer than expected to reach profitability, and we cannot assure that they will become profitable. The additional costs of starting new branches may adversely impact our financial results.

-6-


Table of Contents

          Our ability to manage growth successfully will depend on whether we can fund growth while maintaining cost controls and asset quality, as well as on factors beyond our control, such as national and regional economic conditions and interest rate trends. If we are not able to control costs and maintain asset quality, such growth could adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.
We face strong competition.
          We face strong competition from many other banks, savings institutions, and other financial organizations, as well as many other companies now offering a broad array of financial services. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources, name recognition, market presence, and operating experience than we do. While our strategy will be to attract customers by providing personalized services and making use of the business community and personal ties of our directors and officers, as well as by providing superior products and services, there can be no assurance that we will be able to gain market acceptance and operate profitably. We expect that competition will intensify in the future both from existing institutions as well as new institutions. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends upon a number of factors, including: market presence; customer service and satisfaction; the pricing policies of our competitors; the timing of introductions of new products and services by us and our competitors; and industry and general economic trends.
Economic conditions and related uncertainties may adversely effect our financial condition and results of operations.
          Our success is largely dependent on the general economic conditions of our targeted market area of Bergen and Hudson Counties, New Jersey. Unexpected changes in the national and local economy may adversely affect our ability to attract deposits and to make loans. Economic downturns could result in nonpayment of borrowers’ outstanding loans. A significant decline or a long-term downtrend in one or more areas, including real estate and consumer spending, could have an adverse impact on our ability to become or remain profitable. Such risks are beyond our control and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and, in turn, the value of our securities.
Monetary policy and other economic factors may adversely effect our financial condition and results of operations.
          Changes in governmental economic and monetary policies and banking and credit regulations may affect our ability to attract deposits and make loans. Our success will depend in significant part upon our ability to earn income on loans and investments and to charge fees for services in amounts that exceed the interest to be paid on deposits and borrowings. Rates of interest, both paid on deposits and borrowings and earnings on loans and investments, and loan collectability are affected by fiscal and monetary policies as well as by national, state, and local economic conditions. We may not be successful in managing this risk.
Our operations are susceptible to adverse effects of changes in interest rates.
          Our operations will be substantially dependent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. As with most depository institutions, our earnings will be affected by changes in market interest rates and other economic factors beyond our control. If our interest-earning assets have longer effective maturities than our interest-bearing liabilities, the yield on our interest-earning assets generally will adjust more slowly than the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities, and, as a result, our net interest income generally will be adversely affected by material and prolonged

-7-


Table of Contents

increases in interest rates and positively affected by comparable declines in interest rates. Conversely, if liabilities reprice more slowly than assets, net interest income would be adversely affected by declining interest rates, and positively affected by increasing interest rates. At any time, it is likely that our assets and liabilities will reflect interest rate risk of some degree, and changes in interest rates may therefore have a material adverse affect on our results of operations.
          In addition to affecting interest income and expense, changes in interest rates also can affect the value of our interest-earning assets, comprising fixed- and adjustable-rate instruments, as well as the ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets. Generally, the value of fixed-rate instruments fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates.
With our focus on lending, we are subject to various lending risks.
          The risk of non-payment (or delayed payment) of loans is inherent in commercial banking, and such non-payment or delayed or deferred payment, if it occurs, may have a material adverse effect on our earnings and overall financial condition as well as on the value of our securities. Additionally, we must establish an allowance for loan losses through charges against earnings. Our marketing focus on small businesses, professional persons and individual customers may result in the assumption of certain lending risks that are different from and greater than those inherent in loans made to larger companies. We will attempt to limit our credit risk exposure by developing appropriate underwriting criteria and through monitoring procedures with respect to existing loan portfolios, but there can be no assurance that such criteria and procedures will be effective to limit loan losses. We may participate in loans originated by other financial institutions. Such participations will be reviewed on essentially the same basis as loans we originate.
Our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover loan losses and any increase in our allowance for loan losses would adversely effect earnings.
          We believe we have established an allowance for loan losses to prudently cover the eventuality of losses inherent in our loan portfolio. However, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty and we cannot assure you that charge offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our allowance for loan losses and may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. An increase in our allowance for loan losses could reduce our earnings.
Government regulation significantly impacts our business.
          We are subject to extensive supervision, regulation, and control and the holding company reorganization contemplated by the Plan would result in additional regulation. Future legislation and government policy could adversely affect the commercial banking industry and our operations. The statutes and regulations governing financial institutions in general, and the commercial banking industry in particular, are subject to change at any time and have been substantially modified during recent years. Such governing laws can be anticipated to continue to be the subject of future modification. We cannot predict what effect any such future modifications will have on our operations.
          The primary focus of Federal and state banking regulation is the protection of depositors and not the shareholders of the regulated institutions. We may be required to pay FDIC deposit insurance premiums that are “risk-based,” with higher premiums charged to banks that have lower capital ratios or higher risk profiles. Consequently, failure to maintain high capital ratios, or a negative evaluation by the

-8-


Table of Contents

FDIC, the Bank’s primary Federal banking regulator, may also increase our net funding costs and reduce our net income.
Our ability to pay dividends is restricted and we have no plans to pay dividends.
          Our ability to pay cash dividends is subject to restrictions under applicable state and Federal banking laws and regulations, including certain specific prohibitions against paying cash dividends during our first three years of operations.
          In addition, we presently intend to follow a policy of retaining earnings for the purpose of increasing our net worth and reserves during our initial years of operation. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that cash dividends will be declared during the early stages of our development, and no assurance can be given we will declare dividends in the future.
We are dependent upon certain key personnel and need to hire additional qualified personnel.
          Our success will depend in part upon the continued service of our executive team, including Albert F. Buzzetti, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, Michael Lesler, our Chief Financial Officer, Leo J. Faresich, our Chief Lending Officer, and Diane M. Spinner, our Chief Administrative Officer. Our success also will depend in part upon our ability to attract and retain additional highly qualified personnel. Our employees may voluntarily terminate their employment at any time, and competition for qualified employees is intense. The loss of the services of key personnel, or the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel, could have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results, and financial condition.
Our directors and executive officers will have significant control of any vote of shareholders, including any election of directors.
          Our directors and executive officers beneficially own 24.30% of our voting stock. Although our directors and executive officers do not own a majority of our outstanding securities, as a practical matter it would be difficult to undertake any corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, or to elect a board of directors, without the support of our directors and executive officers.

-9-


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT VOTING
How are proxies being solicited?
          This proxy solicitation is being made by and at the direction of the board of directors of the Bank, and we will pay all expenses relating to the solicitation. In addition to the use of the mails, proxies may be solicited personally, by telephone or by other electronic means by officers, directors and employees of the Bank, who will not be compensated for such solicitation activities. Arrangements may be made with brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for forwarding solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of shares held of record by such persons, and the Bank will reimburse those persons for their reasonable expenses.
What is on the agenda for the annual meeting?
     The agenda for the annual meeting is:
    The election of 18 directors to the Bank’s board of directors to serve until the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualify.
 
    The 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, which provides for options to purchase shares of common stock to be issued to non-employee directors of the Bank.
 
    A Plan of Acquisition pursuant to which the Bank would adopt a bank holding company structure, the Bank would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a company formed solely for the purpose of becoming the holding company of the Bank, and the shareholders of the Bank would become shareholders of the holding company through a one-to-one exchange of their shares of common stock of the Bank for shares of common stock of the holding company.
Who can vote?
          You can vote at the annual meeting if you are a holder of our common stock on the record date. The record date is the close of business on February 22, 2007. Each share of common stock you own as of the record date entitles you to one vote for each director to be elected in the election of directors and one vote on the Plan of Acquisition. As of February 22, 2007, there were 2,399,846 shares of common stock outstanding and entitled to vote.
How do I vote if shares are held directly in my name?
          If you hold your shares in certificate form and not through a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee, you may vote your shares in one of the following ways:
    Voting By Mail . If you choose to vote by mail, complete the enclosed proxy, date and sign it, and return it in the postage-paid envelope provided.
 
    In Person . If you choose to vote in person, come to the annual meeting and cast your vote. If you attend the meeting, you may vote your shares in person even if you have previously submitted a proxy.

-10-


Table of Contents

How do I vote if shares are held through a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee?
     If you hold your shares through a bank, brokerage firm or other nominee, you may vote your shares in one of the following ways:
    Voting By Mail . If you choose to vote by mail, complete and return to your bank, brokerage firm or other nominee the voting instruction form provided to you by your bank, brokerage firm or other nominee.
 
    In Person . If you wish to vote in person at the annual meeting, you must obtain a legal proxy from your bank, brokerage firm or other nominee. This will authorize you to vote at the annual meeting. Only with a legal proxy from your bank, brokerage firm or other nominee can you cast your vote in person at the annual meeting.
How will my proxy be voted?
          Unless you indicate differently on your proxy, we plan to vote signed and returned proxies FOR the election of the board’s director nominees named in this proxy statement, FOR the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors and FOR the Plan of Acquisition. If you hold your shares of common stock in “street name” (that is, through a broker or other nominee) and fail to instruct your broker or nominee as to how to vote your shares of common stock, your broker or nominee may, in its discretion, vote your shares FOR the election of the nominees for director named in this proxy statement, but cannot vote on the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors or the Plan of Acquisition. At or after the annual meeting, a judge or judges of election will tabulate ballots cast by shareholders present and voting in person and votes cast by proxy.
What is a broker non-vote?
          A broker non-vote occurs when a bank or brokerage firm holding shares on behalf of a shareholder does not receive voting instructions from the shareholder by a specified date before the annual meeting and the bank or brokerage firm is not permitted to vote those undirected shares on specified matters under applicable stock exchange rules. Thus, if you do not give your broker specific instructions, your shares may not be voted on those matters (so-called “broker non-votes”) and will not be counted in determining the number of shares necessary for approval. Any broker non-votes have no effect on the outcome of the election of directors, as directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast, but will effectively be a vote against the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors and the Plan of Acquisition, each of which requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all outstanding shares of common stock for approval. Shares represented by “broker non-votes” will be counted in determining the number of shares of common stock represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.
Can I change my vote after submitting my proxy?
          Yes. Any shareholder giving a proxy has the right to attend the annual meeting and vote in person. A proxy may be revoked prior to the annual meeting if a later-dated proxy or a written revocation is sent to the Bank at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, Attn: Secretary, and received prior to the annual meeting. In addition, a proxy may be revoked at the annual meeting by filing a later-dated proxy or by filing a written notice of such revocation with the Secretary of the Bank at the annual meeting prior to the voting of such proxy.

-11-


Table of Contents

What constitutes a quorum at the annual meeting and how are votes counted?
          We need a quorum of shareholders to hold a valid annual meeting. A quorum will be present if at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock are represented in person or by proxy at the annual meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes are counted as present for the purpose of establishing a quorum but otherwise do not count.
How many votes are required for the election of directors?
          Directors are elected by a plurality vote of shares of common stock cast in person or by proxy at the annual meeting. A “plurality” means that the individuals who receive the largest number of affirmative votes cast are elected as directors up to the maximum number of directors to be chosen at the annual meeting. Because the election of directors is based on a plurality of the votes cast, abstentions and broker non-votes have no effect on the outcome of the vote. Votes that are withheld from a director nominee will be excluded entirely from the vote for such nominee and will have no effect on the result. Shareholders are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors.
How many votes are required to approve the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors?
          The 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors will be approved if two-thirds of outstanding shares of common stock are voted FOR the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors. Because the vote necessary for approval is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding and not the number of votes cast at the annual meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes on the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors will effectively be votes against the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors.
How many votes are required to approve the Plan of Acquisition?
          The Plan of Acquisition will be approved if two-thirds of outstanding shares of common stock are voted FOR the Plan of Acquisition. Because the vote necessary for approval is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding and not the number of votes cast at the annual meeting, abstentions and broker non-votes on the Plan of Acquisition will effectively be votes against the Plan of Acquisition.

-12-


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 1
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
     The by-laws of the Bank provide that the number of directors shall not be less than 5 nor more than 25 and permit the exact number to be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The board of directors has fixed the number of directors constituting the entire board at 18.
     It is intended that the proxies solicited by the board of directors will be voted FOR the 18 persons named below (unless the shareholder otherwise directs). If, for any reason, any nominee becomes unavailable for election or service on the board, the proxy solicited by the board of directors will be voted for such substituted nominee as is selected by the board of directors. The board has no reason to believe that any of the named nominees are not available or will not serve if elected.
     Each director nominee has been nominated to serve a one year term until the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders and thereafter until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each nominee is an incumbent director and has served as a director of the Bank since its opening. The names of the nominees for election and certain information about them are set forth in the following table:
         
    Business Experience   Director
Name, Position and Age   During Past Five Years   Since
Jack Alter, Director, 79
  Mayor of the Borough of Fort Lee   2006
 
       
Michael Bello, Director, 43
  President of the Michael Bello Insurance Agency   2006
 
       
Jay Blau, Director, 61
  Consultant to Dynamic Designs, Inc.   2006
 
       
Albert F. Buzzetti
  Chairman, President and CEO of Bank of New Jersey   2006
Chairman of the Board,
  since May 2006. Organizational activities related    
President & CEO, 67
  to the Bank, July 2005 to May 2006.

   
 
  Executive Vice President of Interchange Financial    
 
  Services Corporation, May 2003 to August 2004.

   
 
  President and CEO of Bridge View Bancorp, 1989 to    
 
  May 2003, until the sale of Bridge View Bancorp to    
 
  Interchange Financial Services Corporation.    
 
       
Albert L. Buzzetti, Director, 37
  Managing Partner of the law firm of   2006
 
  A. Buzzetti and Associates, LLC    
 
       
Stephen Crevani, Director, 64
  President of Aniero Concrete   2006
 
       
John K. Daily, Director, 48
  Executive Vice President of C.A. Shea & Co.   2006
 
       
Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD
Vice Chairman, 49
  Partner in the law firm of Britcher, Leone and Roth   2006

-13-


Table of Contents

         
    Business Experience   Director
Name, Position and Age   During Past Five Years   Since
Anthony M. Lo Conte
Director, 49
  President and CEO of Anthony L and S, LLC   2006
 
       
Carmelo Luppino, Director, 78
  General Contractor/Developer   2006
 
       
Rosario Luppino, Director, 73
  General Contractor/Developer   2006
 
       
Howard Mann, Director, 51
  President of Carolace Industries   2006
 
       
Josephine Mauro, Director, 73
  Realtor and owner of Mauro Realty Company   2006
 
       
Joel P. Paritz, Director, 63
  CPA and President of Paritz & Company, P.A.   2006
 
       
Christopher M. Shaari, MD Director, 39
  Physician   2006
 
       
Anthony Siniscalchi
Director, 48
  Partner in the firm of A. Uzzo & Co., CPAs, P.C.   2006
 
       
Mark Sokolich, Director, 43
  Managing Partner of the law firm of Sokolich &   2006
 
  Macri    
 
       
Diane M. Spinner, Director, 52
  Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative   2006
 
  Officer of Bank of New Jersey since May 2006.    
 
  Organizational activities related to the Bank,    
 
  July 2005 to May 2006.

   
 
  President and CEO of Rock Community Bank, January    
 
  2001 to December 2003.    
     Director Albert L. Buzzetti is the son of Chairman of the Board, President & CEO, Albert F. Buzzetti. Directors Carmelo Luppino and Rosario Luppino are brothers.
     No director of the Bank is also a director of a company having a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of such act, or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Board Meetings
     During the fiscal year beginning May 10, 2006 and ended December 31, 2006, the board of directors held eight meetings. All but two of our directors attended at least 75% of board meetings and meetings of committees of the board on which such directors served. Mr. Alter attended five board meetings and zero of one committee meetings. Mr. Carmelo Luppino attended five board meetings and six of six committee meetings.

-14-


Table of Contents

     We have no formal policy with respect to director attendance at our annual meeting of shareholders. As we commenced operations during 2006, the 2007 annual meeting will be our first annual meeting of shareholders.
Board Committees
     The board of directors of the Bank conducts much of its business through committees of the board. During 2006, the board designated an audit committee and a compensation committee, as well as an executive committee, a loan committee, an asset and liability/investment committee and a compliance committee. The full board acted as a nominating committee in 2006.
      Audit Committee
     The audit committee of the board of directors consisted of Directors Siniscalchi (Chair), Daily, Mauro and Paritz during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Each member of the audit committee would be independent under the requirements of the American Stock Exchange. The board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Siniscalchi and Paritz qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under SEC rules. The audit committee met twice in 2006.
     The designation of the audit committee is required by the by-laws of the Bank and the by-laws set forth requirements for membership, certain provisions regarding meetings of the committee and the duties of the committee. The audit committee has not adopted a formal charter. The primary duties of the audit committee are:
    making suitable periodic examinations into the affairs of the Bank, or causing such examinations to be made, including whether the Bank is in a sound and solvent condition and whether adequate internal audit controls and procedures are being maintained;
 
    recommending to the board such changes in the manner of doing business or conducting the affairs of the Bank as shall be deemed advisable;
 
    upon its own recommendation, employing a qualified firm of certified public accountants to make an audit and examination of the affairs of the Bank at least once in each calendar year;
 
    reviewing in detail all examinations of Federal and state regulatory authorities;
 
    reviewing any changes in accounting policy proposed by management, the internal auditors or the certified public accountants; and
 
    making appropriate reports of its activities to the full board of directors.
      Audit Committee Report
     The audit committee has considered and discussed the audited financial statements of the Bank at and for the period ended December 31, 2006, with management. The audit committee has also discussed with KPMG LLP, the Bank’s independent registered public accounting firm, the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, “Communication with Audit Committees,” as currently in effect. Finally, the audit committee has received the written disclosures from KPMG LLP required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, “Independence Discussions with Audit Committees,” as currently in effect, has considered whether the provision of non-audit

-15-


Table of Contents

services by KPMG LLP to the Bank is compatible with maintaining its independence and has discussed with KPMG LLP its independence.
     Based upon its review and the considerations and discussions referenced above, the audit committee recommended to the board of directors that our audited financial statements be included in the Bank’s 2006 Annual Report.
Submitted by the Audit Committee:
Anthony Siniscalchi, Chair
John K. Daily
Josephine Mauro
Joel P. Paritz
March 7, 2007
The foregoing “Audit Committee Report” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” or to be “filed” with the SEC, or incorporated by reference into any filing made by the holding company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, notwithstanding any general statement contained in any such filing incorporating this proxy statement by reference, except to the extent report is incorporated by specific reference.
      Compensation Committee
     During 2006, the compensation committee of the board of directors consisted of Directors Shaari (Chair), Bello, Blau, Leone and Lo Conte and met twice.
     Certain provisions regarding the compensation committee, including requirements for membership, certain provisions regarding meetings of the committee and the duties of the committee, are set forth in the by-laws of the Bank. The compensation committee has not adopted a formal charter. The primary duties of the compensation committee are:
    adopting compensation policy;
 
    reviewing and evaluating the compensation of the directors and executive officers, and recommending any modification in any such compensation;
 
    approving and monitoring the Bank’s compensation system, including benefits and other elements;
 
    requiring regular salary and benefit surveys comparing the Bank with its competitors; and
 
    approving all changes in the compensation package of executive officers.
     In addition to the specific authorities of the compensation committee set forth in our by-laws, our board of directors has delegated the sole authority to set the compensation of our executive officers to the compensation committee. While the committee may seek input from the chief executive officer with respect to the compensation of other executive officers, the committee may not delegate the authority to set the compensation of executive officers.

-16-


Table of Contents

      Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
     As noted above, Directors Shaari, Bello, Blau, Leone and Lo Conte served as members of the compensation committee during 2006. No member of the compensation committee has ever served as and officer or employee of the Bank or the holding company. There are no compensation committee interlocks between the Bank or the holding company and any other entity, involving the Bank’s or the holding company’s or such entity’s executive officers or board members. The Bank has made, and expects to continue to make, loans in the future to our directors, including members of our compensation committee, and to their family members and to firms, corporations, and other entities in which they and their family members maintain interests. You should refer to “Certain Transactions with Related Persons” for additional information.
      Compensation Committee Report
     The compensation committee has reviewed and discussed the section of this proxy statement titled, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” with management and, based on such review and discussions, recommended to our board of directors that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section be included in this proxy statement.
Submitted by the Compensation Committee:
Christopher M. Shaari, Chair
Michael Bello
Jay Blau
Armand Leone, Jr.
Anthony M. Lo Conte
March 7, 2007
The foregoing “Compensation Committee Report” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” or to be “filed” with the SEC, or incorporated by reference into any filing made by the holding company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, notwithstanding any general statement contained in any such filing incorporating this proxy statement by reference, except to the extent report is incorporated by specific reference.
      Nomination Process
     The Bank commenced operations in May 2006 and its current board of directors is comprised of the organizers of the Bank. For this reason, the board has not yet had a need to identify or evaluate new director candidates or to designate a nominating committee to consider new director nominees. Until the board does designate such a committee, the entire board of directors will participate in the consideration of director nominees.
     The board of directors will consider director candidates recommended by shareholders. Any shareholder who wishes to recommend a director candidate for consideration may send notice to 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, Attention: Albert F. Buzzetti, Chairman of the Board. The notice should contain: (1) the name of the shareholder making the recommendation; (2) the names of all other shareholders who, directly or indirectly, are acting in concert with or have an understanding with the recommending shareholder; (3) the number of shares which the recommending shareholder reasonably anticipates may be voted in favor of the election of the recommended director candidate; and (4) the name, address and business background of any recommended director candidate. The board shall give

-17-


Table of Contents

director candidates recommended by shareholders the same consideration as director candidates recommended by other sources.
      Other Committees
     In addition to its audit and compensation committees, the Bank has designated an executive committee, a loan committee, an asset and liability/investment committee and a compliance committee, and may designate other committees in the future. The primary function of the executive committee is to fulfill the duties and responsibilities the full board of directors between meetings of the full board of directors. The primary duties of the loan committee are to recommend loan policy to the board and to review and act upon matters related to the Bank’s lending activities. The primary duties of the asset and liability/investment committee are to recommend investment policy to the board and to review and act upon matters related to the Bank’s investment activities. The primary duty of the compliance committee is oversight of our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the Community Reinvestment Act.
      Independence
     Because the Bank’s common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system, the Bank is not considered a listed issuer and certain listing standards regarding independence of directors do not apply to the Bank. However, we have determined the independence of the members of our board and committees by reference to the listing standards of the American Stock Exchange. Under the independence standards of the American Stock Exchange, Jack Alter, Michael Bello, Jay Blau, Stephen Crevani, John K. Daily, Armand Leone, Jr., Anthony M. Lo Conte, Carmelo Luppino, Rosario Luppino, Howard Mann, Josephine Mauro, Joel P. Paritz, Christopher M. Shaari, Anthony Siniscalchi and Mark Sokolich were determined to be independent, and all of the members of our audit and compensation committees were determined to be independent. During 2006, the entire board of directors functioned as the Bank’s nominating committee. The members of the board who were determined to be not independent were Albert F. Buzzetti, Albert L. Buzzetti and Diane M. Spinner.
      Shareholder communications
     Any shareholder who desires to send communications to our board of directors or to individual directors may do so by directing his or her communication to the following address: 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, Attention: Albert F. Buzzetti, Chairman of the Board. All shareholder communications, other than any communications we believe may pose a security risk, will be sent directly to board members.
Executive Officers
     The following table sets forth the name and age of each current executive officer of the Bank. Select biographical information concerning these individuals appears below the table. The executive officers are appointed to their respective offices annually.
         
Name   Age   Position
Albert F. Buzzetti
  67   President and Chief Executive Officer
Leo J. Faresich
  63   Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer
Michael Lesler
  36   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Diane M. Spinner
  52   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

-18-


Table of Contents

     See pages 13-14 for a description of the business background of Mr. Buzzetti and Ms. Spinner.
     Leo J. Faresich has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since May 2006. Beginning in 1999, Mr. Faresich was employed by Greater Community Bancorp, Totowa, New Jersey, and served as its Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer from 2003 to September 2005, at which time he was engaged in connection with the organizational activities of the Bank.
     Michael Lesler has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since May 2006. Beginning in 1997, Mr. Lesler was employed by Bridge View Bancorp and served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bridge View Bancorp from 2000 until it was acquired by Interchange Financial Services Corporation in May 2003. He served as Senior Vice President of Interchange Capital Corp., a subsidiary of Interchange Financial Services Corporation from May 2003 until August 2005, at which time he was engaged in connection with the organizational activities of the Bank.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
     The following table sets forth, as of February 22, 2007, certain information concerning the ownership of shares of the common stock by (i) each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding common stock, (ii) each director of the Bank, (iii) each named executive officer identified below in the section captioned “Executive Compensation,” and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.
                 
    Number of Shares    
Name   Beneficially Owned +   Percentage of Ownership + +
Jack Alter 1
    16,500       *  
 
               
Michael Bello 2
    33,000       1.38 %
 
               
Jay Blau 3
    33,000       1.38 %
 
               
Albert F. Buzzetti 4
    38,500       1.60 %
 
               
Albert L. Buzzetti 5
    20,460       *  
 
               
Stephen Crevani 6
    66,000       2.74 %
 
               
John K. Daily 7
    18,942       *  
 
               
Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD 8
    49,500       2.06 %
 
               
Anthony M. Lo Conte 9
    33,000       1.38 %
 
               
Carmelo Luppino 10
    66,000       2.74 %
 
               
Rosario Luppino 11
    69,960       2.90 %

-19-


Table of Contents

                 
    Number of Shares    
Name   Beneficially Owned +   Percentage of Ownership + +
Howard Mann 12
    21,130       *  
 
               
Josephine Mauro 13
    33,000       1.37 %
 
               
Joel P. Paritz 14
    9,900       *  
 
               
Christopher M. Shaari, MD 15
    26,400       1.10 %
 
               
Anthony Siniscalchi 16
    18,480       *  
 
               
Mark Sokolich 17
    16,500       *  
 
               
Diane M. Spinner 18
    22,000       *  
 
               
Michael Lesler 19
    8,165       *  
 
               
Leo J. Faresich 20
    12,100       *  
 
               
All directors and executive officers as a group.
    612,537       24.30 %
 
+   Any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise has or shares: voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, our common stock; and/or, investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, our common stock, is determined to be a beneficial owner of our common stock. All shares are subject to the named person’s sole voting and investment power unless otherwise indicated.
 
+ +   Shares beneficially owned include warrants and options to purchase shares which are currently exercisable or which will be exercisable within 60 days of February 22, 2007. Percentage calculations presume that the identified individual or group exercise all of his, her or their respective warrants and options and that no other holders of warrants or options exercise their warrants or options.
 
*   Less than one percent.
 
1   Includes warrants to purchase 2,750 shares.
 
2   Includes warrants to purchase 5,500 shares.
 
3   Includes warrants to purchase 5,500 shares.
 
4   Includes warrants to purchase 5,500 shares and options to purchase 5,500 shares.
 
5   Includes 550 shares owned by child and warrants to purchase 3,410 shares.
 
6   Includes 27,500 shares owned by Mr. Crevani’s wife and warrants to purchase 11,000 shares.
 
7   Includes 2,035 shares owned by Mr. Daily’s wife and children and warrants to purchase 3,157 shares.
 
8   Includes 13,750 shares owned as custodian for Dr. Leone’s children and warrants to purchase 8,250.
 
9   Includes warrants to purchase 5,500 shares.
 
10   Includes 27,500 shares owned by Mr. Carmelo Luppino’s wife and warrants to purchase 11,000 shares.
 
11   Includes 27,500 shares owned by Mr. Rosario Luppino’s wife, family trust and a company he controls and warrants to purchase 11,660 shares.
 
12   Includes 12,375 shares owned by a family partnership which Mr. Mann controls and 1,275 shares owned by Mr. Mann’s son, as well as warrants to purchase 3,355 shares.
 
13   Includes warrants to purchase 5,500 shares.

-20-


Table of Contents

 
14   Includes warrants to purchase 1,650 shares.
15   Includes 22,000 shares owned by a partnership controlled by Dr. Shaari and warrants to purchase 4,400 shares.
 
16   Includes 4,400 shares held in custodial accounts controlled by Mr. Siniscalchi and warrants to purchase 3,080 shares.
 
17   Includes warrants to purchase 2,750 shares.
 
18   Includes warrants to purchase 2,750 shares and options to purchase 5,500 shares.
 
19   Includes warrants to purchase 330 shares and options to purchase 5,500 shares.
 
20   Includes warrants to purchase 1,100 shares and options to purchase 5,500 shares.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     The Bank’s principal executive officer is Albert F. Buzzetti, President and Chief Executive Officer, and its principal financial officer is Michael Lesler, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Messrs. Buzzetti and Lesler, together with Leo J. Faresich, Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, and Diane M. Spinner, Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, are sometimes referred to as the “named executive officers.” No executive officer other than the named executive officers received total compensation in excess of $100,000 during 2006.
     We commenced operations in 2006 and the primary objective of our compensation programs has been to attract well qualified individuals to form a management team with the skills to implement our business plan and with the dedication to see us through our initial start-up period. With this objective in mind, we believed it was necessary to offer each of our named executive officers a competitive salary, a change in control agreement, option awards and benefits typical of an organization like the Bank, which are offered to our employees, generally, such as medical insurance, group term life insurance and a 401(k) plan, as well as an automobile allowance. Total compensation involves certain subjective judgments and is not based solely upon any specific objective criteria or weighting.
     The base salaries of our named executive officers were set by our compensation committee after an analysis which included a review of compensation surveys by the Community Bankers Association and the American Bankers Association, as well as the experience and knowledge of our directors with respect to the local and regional market. We believe the base salary levels for our named executive officers are competitively set relative to companies in peer businesses. Without an operating history, we could not evaluate performance in setting 2006 base salaries. However, we anticipate that financial performance will be a significant factor in any future adjustments to base salary, as well as in establishing any future incentive plans. We also expect that individual experience and performance will be evaluated.
     Options awards are intended to encourage our named executive officers and other key employees to remain employed by the Bank by providing them with a long term interest in our overall performance, as reflected by the performance of our common stock. In 2006, option awards were made primarily to attract talented management to, and to remain with, the Bank. Accordingly, awards were made shortly after our 2006 Stock Option Plan was approved by our shareholders in October 2006. We anticipate that any future option awards will take into account all prior option awards, as well as the levels of other forms of compensation and the performance of the named executive officers.
     The benefits we offer to our named executive officers are the same benefits we offer to our employees, generally. We believe the level of benefits is consistent other businesses, with whom we compete for talented employees, and necessary for us to be able to attract and retain qualified executive officers and other employees.

-21-


Table of Contents

     The compensation of our named executive officers is set by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Our chief executive officer makes recommendations to the compensation committee with respect the compensation of the other named executive officers.
Executive Compensation
     The following tables set forth certain information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers.
Summary Compensation Table
                              All Other          
    Name and                   Option Awards ($)   Compensation ($)    
principal position   Year(1)   Salary ($)   (2)   (3)   Total ($)
Albert F. Buzzetti,
President & CEO
    2006       114,423       13,850       7,200       135,473  
 
                                       
Michael Lesler,
Exec. VP & CFO
    2006       81,730       13,850       7,200       102,780  
 
                                       
Leo J. Faresich,
Exec. VP & CLO
    2006       101,346       13,850       7,200       122,396  
 
                                       
Diane M. Spinner,
Exec. VP & CAO
    2006       81,730       13,850       7,200       102,780  
 
(1)   Compensation for 2006 includes all compensation for the period beginning on May 10, 2006, when the Bank opened for business, and ended on December 31, 2006.
 
(2)   The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used for the 2006 grants: dividend yield of 0.00%; expected volatility of 16.00%; risk-free interest rate of 4.77%; and expected life of 2 years. The amount indicated represents 2006 expense. The effects of applying these assumptions in determining net income may not be representative of the effects on net income in future years.
 
(3)   Consists of payments made to the named executive officers as an automobile allowance.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
                                                         
                                    All Other        
                                    Option        
                                    Awards:   Exercise or   Grant Date
            Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity   Number of   Base Price of   Fair Value of
            Incentive Plan Awards   Securities   Option   Stock and
            Threshold   Target   Maximum   Underlying   Awards   Option
    Name   Grant Date   (#)   (#)   (#)   Options (#)   ($/Sh)   Awards
Albert F. Buzzetti
    11/01/2006                         11,000     $ 18.18     $ 27,700  
 
                                                       
Michael Lesler
    11/01/2006                         11,000     $ 18.18     $ 27,700  
 
                                                       
Leo J. Faresich
    11/01/2006                         11,000     $ 18.18     $ 27,700  
 
                                                       
Diane M. Spinner
    11/01/2006                         11,000     $ 18.18     $ 27,700  
     In order to align the personal financial interests of our named executive officers with those of the Bank, each named executive officer received an option award to purchase 11,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $18.18 per share, as adjusted following our

-22-


Table of Contents

ten percent (10%) stock distribution in January 2007. The referenced option awards were immediately exercisable with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the shares underlying the options and will become exercisable with respect to the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the shares underlying the options on the first anniversary of the grant date, or November 1, 2007, provided that each award recipient continues to be employed. The option awards are not subject to the achievement of any performance conditions or targets.
Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End
                                         
    Option Awards
                    Equity Incentive        
                    Plan Awards:        
    Number of   Number of   Number of        
    Securities   Securities   Securities        
    Underlying   Underlying   Underlying        
    Unexercised   Unexercised   Unexercised        
    Options (#)   Options (#)   Unearned Options   Option Exercise   Option Expiration
       Name   Exercisable   Unexercisable   (#)   Price ($)   Date
Albert F. Buzzetti
    5,500       5,500           $ 18.18       11/01/2016  
 
                                       
Michael Lesler
    5,500       5,500           $ 18.18       11/01/2016  
 
                                       
Leo J. Faresich
    5,500       5,500           $ 18.18       11/01/2016  
 
                                       
Diane M. Spinner
    5,500       5,500           $ 18.18       11/01/2016  
      Change In Control Agreements
     We have entered into change in control agreements with each of our named executive officers and each such agreement is on substantially similar terms. Under the terms of the agreements, a named executive officer may receive a change in control payment in the event that he or she terminates his or her employment within 90 days following a change in control. As used in the agreement, a “change in control” means:
    Any person acquiring securities representing more than 50% of the voting power of the securities of the Bank or the holding company;
 
    Any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank or the holding company to a third party;
 
    Any reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction, unless the shareholders immediately prior to any such transaction hold securities representing a majority of the voting power of the entity surviving the transaction and the directors immediately prior to the transaction represent a majority of the directors of the entity surviving the transaction; and
 
    Another other event designated a “change in control” by our board of directors.
     The change in control payment which any named executive officer would be entitled to receive under his or her agreement would be a lump sum equal to 2.9 times the highest annual base salary he or she received in the year of termination and the two years immediately preceding. Based on current salaries, the estimated change in control payments which Mr. Buzzetti, Mr. Lesler, Mr. Faresich and Ms. Spinner would be entitled to receive would be $331,827, $237,017, $293,903 and $237,017, respectively.

-23-


Table of Contents

Any change in control payment would be made within 30 days following the recipient’s date of termination.
Director Compensation
     Except for directors who are also officers of the Bank and received compensation as such, our board of directors did not receive any compensation for services, including services as members of any committees of the board or for attendance at meetings of the board or any committees of the board during 2006. We do not anticipate providing any cash compensation to members of our board of directors or committees unless and until we achieve a sustained level of profitability. However, we may consider other forms of director compensation in 2007.
Certain Transactions with Related Persons
     The Bank has made, and expects to continue to make, loans in the future to our directors and executive officers and their family members, and to firms, corporations, and other entities in which they and their family members maintain interests. All such loans require the prior approval of our board of directors. None of such loans are, as of the date of this proxy statement, or were at December 31, 2006, nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problems, and all of such loans were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Bank and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
     Except for our policies and procedures related to the approval of loans, we have not yet adopted any formal policies and procedures for the review, approval, or ratification of any transaction with related persons.
Recommendation
      THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF EACH OF ITS NOMINEES TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK TO SERVE UNTIL THE 2008 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS AND UNTIL HIS OR HER SUCCESSOR IS ELECTED AND QUALIFIED.

-24-


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 2
2007 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS
General
     The Bank’s board of directors has approved for submission to its shareholders the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit A and incorporated by reference, referred to as the “Director Plan.”
     The board of directors believes that it will be in the best long-term interests of the shareholders for non-employee directors of the Bank to have an equity interest in the Bank, thereby tying the interests of the Bank’s non-employee directors to those of the shareholders. For these reasons, the board of directors on March 7, 2007 approved the Director Plan, subject to shareholder approval.
     A summary of the Director Plan is set forth below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Director Plan, which is set forth as Exhibit A to this proxy statement.
Administration
     The Director Plan will be administered by the Bank’s board of directors, which will have power to designate the optionees and to determine the number of shares subject to each option, the date of grant and the terms and conditions governing the option. All decisions made by the board pursuant to the provisions of the Director Plan will be final and binding.
Eligibility
     Non-employee directors of the Bank and its affiliates are eligible to be granted options under the Director Plan.
Shares Subject to the Director Plan
     The Director Plan authorizes the Bank to issue 240,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to options. The Director Plan provides that the number and price of shares available for stock options and the number of shares covered by outstanding stock options shall be adjusted equitably for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganization, mergers, consolidations and other changes in the common stock.
Term
     The term of each option will be fixed by the board of directors. No option may be exercised by any person after expiration of the term of the option. No option may be awarded under the Director Plan at any time after the date that is ten years after the Director Plan is approved by shareholders.
Exercise Price
     The Director Plan provides that options may be granted at a price no less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant of the option. The Director Plan provides that the purchase price for shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of any option is payable in full at the time of exercise.

-25-


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination of Director Plan
     The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Director Plan at any time, provided that no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which would increase the total number of shares of common stock reserved for the purposes of the Director Plan (except in connection with a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction affecting the shares, in accordance with the terms of the Director Plan ), or change the persons or class of persons eligible to receive options under the Director Plan without the approval of shareholders.
Certain Federal Tax Effects
     There will be no federal income tax consequences to the optionee or to the Bank upon the grant of a non-qualified stock option under the Director Plan. When the optionee exercises a non-qualified option, however, he or she will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the common stock received upon exercise of the option at the time of exercise over the exercise price, and the Bank will be allowed a corresponding deduction. Any gain that the optionee realizes when he or she later sells or disposes of the option shares will be short-term or long-term capital gain, depending on how long the shares were held.
Benefits to Directors
     As of the date of this proxy statement, no awards have been granted under the Director Plan. All awards under the Director Plan will be made at the discretion of the Bank’s board of directors. Therefore, it is not presently possible to determine the benefits or amounts that will be received by any individual director or group of directors pursuant to the Director Plan in the future, or the benefits or amounts that would have been received by any individuals or groups for the last completed fiscal year if the Director Plan had been in effect.
Vote Required for Adoption of the Director Plan
     The affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank is required to approve the Director Plan. Therefore, brokers non-votes and abstentions will effectively count as votes against the Director Plan.
Recommendation
      THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE PLAN OF ACQUISITION.

-26-


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 3
PLAN OF ACQUISITION
General
     The Bank’s board of directors has determined that it is in the best interests of the Bank and its shareholders that the Bank adopt a holding company structure whereby all of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Bank will be contributed to a newly formed holding company in exchange for shares of the common stock of the holding company. This transaction is sometimes referred to as the “holding company reorganization.” To achieve this objective, the Bank, through its directors, has proposed the Plan of Acquisition attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit B and incorporated by reference (referred to as the “Plan”), and has incorporated Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (referred to as the “holding company”). The holding company has not and will not engage in any operations or issue any of its shares prior to consummation of the holding company reorganization. The following is a summary of certain key terms of the Plan, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan.
Plan of Acquisition
     On November 16, 2006, the Bank’s board of directors unanimously adopted the Plan. The Plan provides for the transfer and contribution of all of the Bank’s stock by the shareholders to the holding company in exchange for the stock of the holding company pursuant to the terms of the Banking Act. Each outstanding share of the common stock of the Bank will be exchanged for one share of common stock of the holding company. The holding company will then be the sole shareholder of the Bank. Upon consummation of the holding company reorganization, all of the shareholders of the Bank will become shareholders of the holding company, except for those shareholders who elect to exercise their dissenters’ rights. You should refer to “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders” for more information.
     Shareholders will exchange their present Bank share certificates for new certificates evidencing shares of stock of the holding company. Further instructions on accomplishing this exchange will be provided by the Bank or its transfer agent after the Plan is approved and the holding company reorganization is consummated. After the holding company reorganization and until Bank certificates are so exchanged, each certificate evidencing shares of Bank common stock (other than those of shareholders who have exercised their dissenters’ rights) will represent an equal number of shares of holding company common stock, and the holders of Bank stock certificates will have all the rights of holders of shares of holding company common stock.
     The holding company has been incorporated at the direction of the board of directors of the Bank under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, as amended, referred to as the “Corporation Act.” A copy of the holding company’s certificate of incorporation is attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit C . The current directors of the Bank will constitute the initial board of directors of the holding company. You should refer to “Proposal 1 Election of Directors” for more information regarding the current directors of the Bank.
Regulatory Requirements and Other Conditions
     Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan is subject to several conditions, including the approval of the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, referred to as the “Commissioner,” the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, referred to as the “Federal Reserve,” and the approval of the Plan by the Bank’s shareholders.

-27-


Table of Contents

     Our application to the Commissioner for approval of the Plan was accepted by the Commissioner on December 11, 2006 and the Plan was approved by the Commissioner on January 16, 2007. If the Plan is approved by the Federal Reserve and the Bank’s shareholders and not terminated by the Bank’s board of directors, we will file the Plan, a notice of effective date and certification of shareholder approval with the Commissioner, but no further approval from the Commissioner is required.
     The holding company reorganization may only be consummated if the Federal Reserve approves the application filed by the holding company to undertake the holding company reorganization. The holding company filed the application with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, referred to as the “BHCA,” on January 24, 2007. Although it is anticipated that the Federal Reserve will approve our application, there can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will not deny our application or impose conditions which we find objectionable.
     Approval of the Plan and, as a result, the consummation of the holding company reorganization, will require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the shares of common stock of the Bank outstanding on the record date for the annual meeting. The directors and executive officers of the Bank and their affiliates beneficially own, as of February 22, 2007, approximately 24.30% of the Bank’s issued and outstanding stock and, as a result, will have a significant influence on the outcome of the vote. You should refer to “Proposal 1 Election of Directors—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Information About Voting—How many votes are required to approve the Plan of Acquisition?” for more information.
     Notwithstanding the receipt of shareholder and regulatory approvals, the Bank’s board of directors may terminate the Plan at any time prior to consummation if it believes that consummation of the holding company reorganization would no longer be in the best interests of the Bank and its shareholders. If the Bank’s board of directors terminates the Plan and elects not to consummate the holding company reorganization after obtaining shareholder approval, the Bank will notify its shareholders of such action in writing.
     One of the factors which the board of directors will weigh heavily in determining whether to proceed with the Plan is the number of shareholders who elect to exercise their dissenters’ rights. The board of directors will consider it unwise to proceed with the Plan if the number of shareholders who dissent from the transaction would require the Bank to pay an excessive amount in cash to satisfy obligations to dissenting shareholders.
Reasons for Proposing the Plan
     The Bank’s board of directors has proposed the Plan primarily because the holding company structure will maximize the Bank’s flexibility in undertaking its current and future operations. In addition, the holding company structure makes available to the board of directors a variety of means to assist the holding company board in acting in the best interests of shareholders in the face of an unsolicited takeover bid which are not available to the Bank. Except for the classification of the holding company’s board of directors, the holding company’s certificate of incorporation does not currently contain any defensive provisions. However, shareholders may be asked to approve such provisions in the future. In addition, the protections afforded by the New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act will be available to the holding company, although they are not currently available to the Bank. You should refer to “Comparison of Common Stock of Bank with Common Stock of Holding Company—Shareholders Protection Act” for more information.
     The holding company structure provides greater flexibility in managing the current and future operations of the Bank. For example, the holding company structure provides more flexibility in raising capital for the holding company, the Bank or any future subsidiary bank. This

-28-


Table of Contents

flexibility is available because the capital structure of the holding company will be subject to the Corporation Act and Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y, and not the more restrictive Federal and New Jersey laws and regulations pertaining to banks. In addition, the Corporation Act provides greater flexibility than the Banking Act in issues of corporate governance.
     The holding company structure should also permit future expansion through acquisitions of banks or other financial institutions and the operation of such banks and financial institutions as wholly-owned subsidiaries of the holding company. The operation of such institutions as wholly-owned subsidiaries may permit the deposit base and customer relations of the acquired institution to be maintained while the operations of the acquired institution are integrated with those of the Bank. The Bank has not entered into any agreements for any acquisitions and is not currently engaged in any negotiations or discussions for any acquisitions, although it may engage in such negotiations or discussions in the future.
     The bank holding company structure may also be utilized in the future to engage in certain non-banking activities which are closely related to banking, either directly, through newly formed subsidiaries or by acquiring companies already established in such activities. You should refer to “Bank Holding Company Regulation—Bank Holding Company Act” for more information.
     Finally, because the holding company will be governed by the Corporation Act, it has greater flexibility to adopt alternative provisions for its certificate of incorporation which the Bank would not be permitted to adopt under the Banking Act. Among the provisions which are available to the holding company and not the Bank is a classified board of directors. Except for the classification of the holding company’s board of directors, the holding company’s certificate of incorporation does not currently contain any provision which would not be permitted under the Banking Act. However, shareholders may be asked to adopt them in the future.
     Adoption of a holding company structure may subject the holding company to certain additional regulation to which the Bank is not currently subject. For example, the holding company will become subject to oversight and regulation by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is not currently subject to such oversight and regulation. In addition, issuances of securities by the holding company will be subject to regulation by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, referred to as the “Securities Act.” The issuance of securities by the Bank is currently exempt from the Securities Act. This additional regulation could involve increased expense for the holding company. You should refer to “Consequences Under Federal Securities Laws” for more information.
     Notwithstanding the additional regulatory oversight and the related additional costs of compliance, due to the benefits of a holding company structure discussed above, the board of directors believes that adoption of the Plan and the creation of a holding company structure is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Bank.
Accounting Treatment
     The holding company reorganization will be accounted for as a reorganization under common control and the assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity of the Bank immediately prior to the holding company reorganization will be carried forward on either separate or consolidated financial statements of the Bank and the holding company after the holding company reorganization at the amounts carried on their respective books at the effective date of the holding company reorganization. Therefore, the consolidated capitalization, assets, liabilities, results of operations and other financial data of the holding company immediately following the reorganization will be substantially the same as

-29-


Table of Contents

those of the Bank immediately prior to the holding company reorganization, and, after the reorganization, will be shown in the holding company’s consolidated financial statements at the Bank’s historical recorded values.
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences
     The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the holding company reorganization to Bank shareholders who exchange their shares of Bank stock solely for shares of holding company stock in the reorganization. This discussion addresses only Bank shareholders who are U.S. holders, as defined below, and hold their shares of Bank stock as a capital asset. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular Bank shareholder in light of that shareholder’s individual circumstances or to a Bank shareholder who is subject to special rules, including, without limitation:
    a financial institution or insurance company;
 
    a tax-exempt organization;
 
    a shareholder who is not a U.S. holder;
 
    a pass-through entity or an investor in such an entity;
 
    a dealer or broker in securities or foreign currencies;
 
    a trader in securities who elects to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting;
 
    a shareholder who holds Bank stock as part of a hedge, appreciated financial position, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction;
 
    a shareholder who exercises dissenters’ rights; and
 
    a shareholder who acquired his shares of Bank stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation.
     This discussion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS,” and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with the conclusions stated herein. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS on the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the holding company reorganization. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations and court decisions, each as in effect as of the date of this document and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax consequences of the holding company reorganization.
BANK SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
     For purposes of this discussion, “U.S. holder” refers to a beneficial holder of Bank stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

-30-


Table of Contents

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
    a trust that is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons or that was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
     If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Bank stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of that partnership. A partner of a partnership holding Bank stock should consult its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the holding company reorganization.
     Subject to the foregoing, the following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the holding company reorganization to a Bank shareholder who exchanges shares of Bank stock solely for shares of holding company stock:
    You will not recognize any gain or loss upon your exchange of shares of Bank stock solely for shares of holding company stock;
 
    Your aggregate basis in your shares of holding company stock received in exchange for your Bank stock pursuant to the reorganization will be equal to the aggregate basis of the shares of Bank stock you surrendered in exchange for your shares of holding company stock; and
 
    The holding period of your shares of holding company stock received in exchange for your Bank stock pursuant to the reorganization will include the period during which you held the shares of Bank stock you surrendered in exchange for your shares of holding company stock.
THE DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES SET FORTH ABOVE IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OR DESCRIPTION OF ALL POTENTIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION. MOREOVER, THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT ADDRESS TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY VARY WITH, OR ARE CONTINGENT UPON, INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES. IN ADDITION, THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT ADDRESS ANY NON-INCOME TAX OR ANY FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION AND DOES NOT ADDRESS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY TRANSACTION OTHER THAN THE REORGANIZATION. A BANK SHAREHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OF THE HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION.

-31-


Table of Contents

Bank Holding Company Regulation
           General
          The Bank is, and the holding company will be, subject to extensive supervision and regulation under both Federal and state laws and regulations. The regulation of the Bank is discussed in greater detail in the 2006 Annual Report which accompanies this proxy statement. The following is a discussion of certain additional regulations which would be applicable to the holding company.
          Federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict permissible activities and investments and require compliance with various consumer protection provisions applicable to lending, deposit, brokerage and fiduciary activities. They also impose capital adequacy requirements and restrict the holding company’s ability to repurchase stock or to receive dividends from the Bank. The holding company and the Bank will also be subject to comprehensive examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve, the Commissioner and the FDIC. The holding company will be functionally regulated by the SEC. These regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of the holding company and the Bank. The consequences of noncompliance with these laws and regulations can include substantial monetary and administrative penalties and sanctions. This supervisory framework could materially impact the conduct and profitability of the holding company’s activities.
          To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the business of the holding company and the Bank.
           Bank Holding Company Act
          The holding company will be registered as a bank holding company under the BHCA, and will be subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The BHCA requires the holding company to secure the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of, any bank or thrift, or merges or consolidates with another bank or thrift holding company. In addition, bank holding companies are restricted in the types of activities in which they may engage, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, and prior approval of the Federal Reserve may be required before engaging in certain activities.
          There are a number of restrictions imposed on the holding company and the Bank by Federal law which are designed to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors of the Bank and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance funds in the event the Bank should become insolvent. For example, Federal Reserve policy requires a bank holding company to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so otherwise. The Federal Reserve has, in some cases, entered orders for bank holding companies to take affirmative action to strengthen the finances or management of subsidiary banks.
           New Jersey Regulation
          In addition to Federal bank holding company regulation, the holding company will be required to register as a bank holding company with the Commissioner. The holding company will be required to file copies of the reports it files with the Federal banking and securities regulators, namely the Federal Reserve, FDIC and SEC, with the Commissioner.

-32-


Table of Contents

           Capital Rules
          Under risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies, the holding company will be required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) of eight percent. At least half of the total capital is to be composed of common equity, retained earnings and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangible assets, referred to as “Tier 1 Capital.” The remainder may consist of certain subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other qualifying preferred stock, and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses, referred to as “Tier 2 Capital.” Collectively, Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital are referred to as “Total Capital.”
          In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio requirements for bank holding companies. For bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating and not experiencing significant growth or expansion, these requirements provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average assets, equal to three percent. Other bank holding companies that fail to meet such criteria will generally be required to maintain a leverage ratio of four to five percent.
          The Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital standards explicitly identify concentrations of credit risk and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, as important factors to be taken into account by the agency in assessing an institution’s general capital adequacy. The capital guidelines also provide that an institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates be considered by the agency as a factor in evaluating its capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve has issued additional guidelines for certain bank holding companies that engage in trading activities. We do not believe that consideration of these additional factors will affect the regulators’ assessment of the holding company’s capital position.
           Limitations on Payment of Dividends
          Under applicable New Jersey law, the holding company will not permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock if, following the payment of the dividend, (1) it would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or (2) its total assets would be less than its total liabilities. Further, it is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of current earnings and only if future retained earnings would be consistent with the holding company’s capital, asset quality and financial condition. Because it will have no significant independent sources of income, the ability of the holding company to pay dividends will be dependent on its ability to receive dividends from the Bank.
           Sarbanes-Oxley Act
          The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 comprehensively revised the laws affecting corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation and corporate reporting for entities with securities registered under the Exchange Act, which will include the holding company. Among other things, Sarbanes-Oxley and its implementing regulations have established new membership requirements and additional responsibilities for the audit committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between the holding company and its outside auditors (including restrictions on the types of non-audit services our auditors may provide to us), imposed additional responsibilities for our external financial statements on our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, expanded the disclosure requirements for our

-33-


Table of Contents

corporate insiders and required our management to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, our management will be required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, and will require our auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting.
           Other Laws, Legislation and Regulatory Changes
          The holding company will be subject to a variety of laws and regulations which are not limited to banking organizations. In addition, legislation and regulations may be enacted which increase the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies, and other financial institutions are frequently made in the U.S. Congress, the New Jersey State Legislature and before various bank regulatory agencies. No prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major changes or the impact such changes might have on the holding company.
Consequences Under Federal Securities Laws
          The holding company will file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act for the registration of the holding company common stock to be issued and exchanged pursuant to the Plan of Acquisition. This proxy statement and the accompanying notice of annual meeting constitute the prospectus of the holding company filed as part of such registration statement. Upon completion of the holding company reorganization, the holding company will be required to comply with the periodic reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to as the “Exchange Act.” Based on the number of shareholders of the Bank, if the Bank did not adopt a holding company structure, the Bank would be required to file substantially similar reports with the FDIC beginning in 2007. The Bank has not previously filed any reports under these requirements with either the SEC or FDIC. The holding company will also be subject to the general anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws.
          Filings made by the holding company after the reorganization will be available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. The holding company’s filings will also be available on the SEC’s internet site at http:\\www.sec.gov.
          The registration under the Securities Act of shares of holding company common stock to be issued in connection with the reorganization does not cover the resale of such shares. However, holding company common stock acquired by persons who are not “affiliates” of the holding company or the Bank may be resold without registration. “Affiliates” of the holding company and the Bank include our directors and executive officers. Shares received by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 145 under the Securities Act, which are substantially the same as the restrictions of Rule 144 discussed below. The Rule 145 restrictions generally terminate after one year if the holding company continues to comply with the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, but any affiliate of the Bank who becomes an affiliate of the holding company will continue to be subject to the restrictions on sales by affiliates under Rule 144.
          If the holding company meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of the Bank who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sales to be aggregated with those of certain other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, in any three-month period, a number of shares not to exceed the greater of:
    1.0% of the outstanding shares of the holding company, or

-34-


Table of Contents

    the average weekly volume of trading in such shares during the preceding four calendar weeks.
          Provision may be made in the future by the holding company to permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act under certain circumstances.
Comparison of Common Stock of Bank with Common Stock of Holding Company
           General
          The rights of the holders of the securities of the holding company will differ in certain respects from the rights of the holders of securities of the Bank. The following discussion describes certain rights of the holders of common stock of the Bank and the holding company and notes certain material differences which arise primarily because the Corporation Act provides security holders with different rights than the rights provided for under the Banking Act. The rights of security holders may also be affected because the holding company will be subject to supervision and regulation by governmental agencies which will differ from the supervision and regulation of the Bank. You should refer to “Bank Holding Company Regulation” for more information. While the following discussion summarizes certain provisions of the holding company’s certificate of incorporation, any statements concerning the certificate of incorporation are qualified in their entirety by reference to that document, which is attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit C and incorporated by reference.
          Neither the common stock of the Bank nor the common stock of the holding company has any conversion, sinking fund or redemption provisions, subjects shareholders to liability to further capital calls, or restricts the shareholders’ ability to transfer shares (subject to restrictions on transfer under federal and state securities laws and regulations).
           Capital Structure
          The Bank’s certificate of incorporation currently provides for an authorized capitalization consisting of 5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $10.00 per share. The holding company’s certificate of incorporation provides for an authorized capitalization consisting of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value. Because each share of common stock of the Bank will be exchange for one share of common stock of the holding company and the holding company will be authorized to issue more shares than the Bank is currently authorized to issue, each of the existing shareholders of the Bank will be subject to potentially greater dilution upon consummation of the holding company reorganization. However, the board of directors of the Bank believes that the additional authorized shares will provide the holding company with greater flexibility to issue common stock in connection with stock splits, stock dividends, employee benefit plans, public or private offerings, financings, acquisitions, recapitalizations and other proper corporate purposes by making additional shares available for issuance by the holding company, at such time or times as its board of directors may approve, without the delay and expense associated with obtaining shareholder approval each time an opportunity requiring the issuance of shares of common stock may arise.
          The Bank now has approximately 2,399,846 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, 119,992 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Bank’s existing stock option plan and 479,308 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under outstanding warrants. Immediately following the holding company reorganization, the holding company will have approximately 2,399,846 shares of common stock outstanding (fewer shares to the extent any shareholders exercise dissenters’ rights). In addition, the holding company will assume the Bank’s stock option plans and stock warrant obligations, reserving 599,300 shares for issuance thereunder.

-35-


Table of Contents

           Dividend Rights
          The holders of the Bank’s common stock are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by the Bank’s board of directors, subject to the restrictions imposed by the Banking Act and certain regulatory requirements. Under the Banking Act, dividends may be paid only if, after the payment of the dividend, the capital stock of the Bank will be unimpaired and either the Bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock or the payment of the dividend will not reduce the Bank’s surplus. Applicable regulations limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends as a result of requirements to maintain adequate capital ratios. A discussion of the regulations affecting the Bank is set forth in our 2006 Annual Report, which accompanies this proxy statement.
          The holders of the holding company’s common stock will be entitled to dividends, when, as, and if declared by the holding company’s board of directors, subject to the restrictions imposed by the Corporation Act and certain regulatory requirements. The only statutory limitation applicable to the holding company is that dividends may not be paid if the holding company is insolvent. In addition, applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve will limit the holding company’s ability to pay dividends as a result of requirements to maintain adequate capital ratios and for other reasons. You should refer to “Bank Holding Company Regulation” for more information. Moreover, unless the holding company expands its activities, its only source of payment of dividends will be the Bank. Therefore, the dividend restrictions applicable to the Bank described in the preceding paragraph will continue to impact the holding company’s ability to pay dividends.
          Since its organization, the Bank has not declared or paid a cash dividend and we intend to retain earnings, if any, to increase our net worth and reserves during our initial years of operation. Our future dividend policy is subject to the discretion of the board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, financial condition, cash needs, and general business conditions.
           Voting Rights
          Under the Banking Act and the Bank’s certificate of incorporation, each share of the Bank’s common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Bank. Under the Corporation Act and the holding company’s certificate of incorporation, each share of the holding company’s common stock also will be entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the holding company.
          While generally the voting rights of the shareholders are the same in the holding company as they are in the Bank, there are several material differences. Among other things, the Banking Act requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares to approve a merger or consolidation. Except in connection with matters subject to the Protection Act (discussed below in the section captioned, “Shareholders Protection Act”) and unless the certificate of incorporation provides for a greater voting requirement, under the Corporation Act, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is required to approve any merger, consolidation or disposition of substantially all of the holding company’s assets.
          Under the Banking Act, the Bank is authorized to have a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 25 directors. Within the limits prescribed by the Banking Act, the Bank’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the Board of Directors to fix the exact number of directors. The Bank currently has 18 directors.
          Under the Corporation Act, the holding company is to have one or more directors and, subject to any requirements contained in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, the number of directors may be fixed by the board of directors. The holding company’s certificate of

-36-


Table of Contents

incorporation provides for an initial board of directors consisting of eighteen members, with the current directors of the Bank constituting the initial board of directors of the holding company.
          Under the Banking Act, the Bank cannot have a classified board of directors and, as a result, the shareholders of the Bank have the ability to elect all of the members of the board of directors on an annual basis. Under the Corporation Act, the holding company is permitted to have a classified board of directors and the certificate of incorporation of the holding company provides for a classified board of directors. Specifically, the certificate of incorporation provides that approximately one-third of the entire board of directors will be elected each year and each class of directors will serve for approximately three years. As cumulative voting is not permitted under the certificates of incorporation of either the Bank or the holding company in connection with the election of directors, the classification will not impact a shareholder’s ability to cumulate his votes.
          The classification of the holding company’s board of directors could have an effect of delaying or deferring a change in control of the board of directors of the holding company and, as a result, management or a change in control of the holding company itself.
           Liquidation Rights
          The rights of the holders of the common stock of the Bank and the holding company upon a liquidation are substantially similar. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of either the Bank or the holding company, holders of common stock are entitled to receive, on a pro rata per share basis, any assets distributable to shareholders, after the payment of debts and liabilities and after the distribution to holders of any outstanding shares hereafter issued which have prior rights upon liquidation.
           Preemptive Rights
          Under the Banking Act and the Corporation Act, shareholders may have preemptive rights if these rights are provided in the certificate of incorporation; however, neither the certificate of incorporation of the Bank nor the certificate of incorporation of the holding company provide for preemptive rights.
           Appraisal Rights
          Under the Banking Act, shareholders of the Bank have appraisal rights upon certain mergers or other reorganizations, including the holding company reorganization contemplated by the Plan. You should refer to “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders” for more information.
          Under the Corporation Act, shareholders of the holding company will have appraisal rights (subject to the broad exception set forth in the next sentence) upon certain mergers or other reorganizations. Unlike under the Banking Act, however, appraisal rights for shareholders of the holding company will not be available in any such transaction if shares of the holding company are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 1,000 holders. In addition, appraisal rights are not available to shareholders of an acquired corporation if, as a result of the transaction, shares of the acquired corporation are exchanged for any of the following: (i) cash; (ii) any securities listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 1,000 holders; or (iii) any combination of the above. The Corporation Act also provides that a corporation may grant appraisal rights in other types of transactions or regardless of the consideration received by providing for such rights in its certificate of incorporation; however, the certificate of incorporation of the holding company does not provide for appraisal rights beyond those required by the Corporation Act.

-37-


Table of Contents

           Shareholders Protection Act
          A provision of the Corporation Act referred to as the “New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act” or, in this proxy statement, the “Protection Act,” prohibits certain business combinations involving certain New Jersey corporations and an interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is defined generally as one who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding stock of the corporation. The Protection Act prohibits those business combinations subject to the Protection Act for a period of five years after the date the interested shareholder acquired its stock, unless the transaction was approved by the corporation’s board of directors prior to the time the interested shareholder acquired its shares. After the five year period expires, the prohibition on business combinations with an interested shareholder continues unless certain conditions are met. The conditions include (i) that the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the target corporation; (ii) that the business combination is approved by a vote of two-thirds of the voting stock not owned by the interested shareholder; and (iii) that the shareholders of the corporation receive a price in accordance with a fair price formula set forth in the Protection Act. Because the holding company will be a reporting company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Protection Act will be applicable to holding company. The Protection Act as applicable to the holding company could inhibit unsolicited offers to acquire the holding company.
          While a party seeking control of the either the Bank or the holding company would be required to comply with applicable federal and state banking laws and regulations, neither the Protection Act, nor prohibitions and standards similar to those contained in the Protection Act, would be applicable to a party seeking control of the Bank.
          While your board of directors is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of the Bank or the holding company, the board believes the proposed provisions of the holding company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws are appropriate to protect the interests of the holding company and its shareholders from non-negotiated takeover attempts which your board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of the holding company or its shareholders.
Vote Required for Adoption of the Plan
          The affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank is required to approve the Plan. Therefore, brokers non-votes and abstentions will effectively count as votes against the Plan.
Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE PLAN OF ACQUISITION.

-38-


Table of Contents

RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS
          Under the Banking Act, shareholders may dissent from the Plan and, if they comply with the applicable provisions of the Banking Act, be paid the fair value of their shares in lieu of receiving holding company stock. A shareholder may not dissent with respect to less than all of the shares owned beneficially by him. Shareholders contemplating the exercise of their dissenters’ rights should review the procedures set forth in Sections 360 through 369 of the Banking Act, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit D . The following is a summary of the steps which must be taken for shareholders to exercise their dissenters’ rights and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the attached sections of the Banking Act.
Notice of Dissent
          To be eligible to exercise his right of dissent, a shareholder must file with the Bank a written notice of dissent, stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares if the Plan becomes effective. The notice of dissent must be filed before the vote of the shareholders on the Plan is taken, currently schedule to occur at the annual meeting on April 23, 2007. A vote against the Plan by a shareholder does not constitute the exercise of the shareholder’s dissenter’s rights, but a vote in favor of the Plan does constitute a waiver of such rights. Any shareholder wishing to file a notice of dissent should deliver such notice to Connie Caltabellatta, Secretary, Bank of New Jersey, 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, prior to the annual meeting.
Written Demand for Payment
          If the Plan is approved by the shareholders, within ten (10) days of such approval the Bank will notify shareholders who have filed a notice of dissent and not voted in favor of the Plan by certified mail that the Plan was approved. Within twenty (20) days after the Bank’s notice of shareholder approval is mailed, any shareholder entitled to such notice may make a written demand for the payment of the fair value of his shares. Such written demand should be delivered to the Bank at the address set forth above. Upon making a written demand for payment, a shareholder will cease to have any rights as a shareholder of the Bank or the holding company.
Delivery of Certificates for Notation
          Within twenty (20) days after making a written demand for payment, a shareholder must deliver the certificate or certificates representing his shares of the Bank’s common stock to the Bank. The Bank will make a notation on the certificate or certificates that the shareholder has made a demand to be paid the fair value of his shares and thereafter the certificate or certificates will merely represent the rights of a dissenting shareholder, and will not represent shares of stock of the Bank or the holding company.
Determination and Payment of Fair Value
          Within ten (10) days of the later of (i) the expiration of the period within which dissenting shareholders may make a written demand for payment or (ii) the effective date of the Plan, the Bank will mail to each dissenting shareholder the balance sheet and surplus statement of the Bank as of the latest available date and a profit and loss statement or statements of the Bank for not less than a 12-month period ended on the balance sheet date or for such shorter period that the Bank will have been in existence. The Bank may include a written offer to pay a specified price deemed by the Bank to be the fair value of the shares, but the Bank is not obligated to do so. If any dissenting shareholder and the Bank agree upon the fair value of the shares within a thirty (30) days of the expiration of the 10-day period referred to in this paragraph, the Bank

-39-


Table of Contents

shall pay such dissenting shareholder the fair value of his shares upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares.
          If any dissenting shareholder and the Bank are unable to agree upon a price within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the 10-day period referred to in the preceding paragraph, such dissenting shareholder may serve a written demand on the Bank to commence an action in the Superior Court of New Jersey for the determination of the fair value of his shares. The shareholder’s demand to commence an action must be served not later than 30 days after the expiration of the 30 day period shareholders have in which to agree upon a price with the Bank.
          If any dissenting shareholder makes a demand to commence a proceeding in the Superior Court, the Bank will have thirty (30) days after receipt of such demand to do so. If the Bank fails to commence the proceeding, the demanding shareholder will have a period of sixty (60) days after expiration of the Bank’s 30-day period to commence the proceeding in the name of the Bank.
          If the fair value of shares is not agreed upon and no action to for the determination of fair value by the Superior Court is commenced within the time provided, the rights of a dissenting shareholder to receive the fair value of his shares will cease and his rights as a shareholder will be reinstated.
          If an action in the Superior Court is commenced to determine the fair value of the shares, all dissenting shareholders who have preserved their right to receive the fair value of their shares and have not agreed upon a price with the Bank will be made parties to the action. The Superior Court shall render a judgment for the amount of the fair value of the shares, payable upon surrender to the Bank of the certificate or certificates representing the shares, and may include interest, costs and expenses.

-40-


Table of Contents

Shareholder Proposals
          Assuming the consummation of the holding company reorganization, our 2008 Annual Meeting will be an annual meeting of the shareholders of the holding company. A shareholder who wishes to nominate an individual for election to the board of directors or make a proposal to have the shareholders take an action at our 2008 Annual Meeting shall send a written notice to Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, Attention: Secretary, by registered mail, return receipt requested, no earlier than January 24, 2008 and no later than February 23, 2008. Any such notice shall specify: (a) as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a member of the board of directors: (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of members of the board of directors in an election or is otherwise required pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, (2) a description of any arrangements or understandings among the shareholder and each such person and any other person with respect to such nomination, and (3) the consent of each such person to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a member of the board of directors if so elected; (b) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (1) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner; (2) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner; and (3) a representation that such shareholder and beneficial owner intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting. In order for a shareholder proposal to be included in our proxy statement for 2008 Annual Meeting, in addition to meeting all of the requirements set forth above, and all requirements of applicable securities laws, we must receive the proposal by November 28, 2007.
By Order of the Board of Directors,
/s/ Connie Caltabellatta
CONNIE CALTABELLATTA
Secretary

-41-


Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit A — 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors
Exhibit B — Plan of Acquisition
Exhibit C — Certification of Incorporation of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
Exhibit D — Sections 360 through 369 of Banking Act

-42-


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A
BANK OF NEW JERSEY
2007 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
FOR DIRECTORS
           SECTION 1. Purpose; Definitions . The purposes of the Bank of New Jersey 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Directors (the “ Plan ”) are to enable the Bank of New Jersey (the “ Company ”) and its affiliated companies to attract and retain Non-Employee Directors, and to provide incentive compensation to Non-Employee Directors based upon the Company’s performance. All options granted hereunder are intended to be non-qualified stock options.
          For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the meanings defined below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:
          (a) “ Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company (or its successors).
          (b) “ Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Option, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Option.
          (c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          (d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following, in one transaction or a series of related transactions: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becoming a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; (ii) a consolidation, share exchange, reorganization or merger of the Company resulting in the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such event not owning at least a majority of the voting power of the resulting entity’s securities outstanding immediately following such event; (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (v) any similar event deemed by the Board to constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan.
          (e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
          (f) “ Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled.
          (g) “ Disabled ” will have the same meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
          (h) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1


Table of Contents

          (i) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date: (i) if the Shares are not then publicly traded, the value of such Shares on that date, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion; or (ii) if the Shares are publicly traded, the closing price for a Share on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the closing sale price of a Share or, if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations for a Share, as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (“ NASDAQ ”) or any comparable system or, if the Common Stock is not listed on NASDAQ or a comparable system, the closing sale price of a Share or, if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who make a market in the Shares selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
          (j) “ Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          (k) “ Option ” means any non-qualified stock option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.
          (l) “ Participant ” means a Non-Employee Director of the Company or any of its respective Affiliates to whom an Option is granted.
          (m) “ Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.
          (n) “ Shares ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $10.00, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof.
           SECTION 2. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board.
          The Board will have full authority to grant Options under this Plan and determine the terms of such Options. Such authority will include the right to:
          (a) determine the number of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Option;
          (b) establish the other terms and conditions of each Option issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement);
          (c) adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable;
          (d) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Option issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and
          (e) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan.

A-2


Table of Contents

          All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Participants. No member of the Board will be liable for any good faith determination, act or omission in connection with the Plan or any Award.
           SECTION 3. Shares Subject to the Plan .
          (a) Shares Subject to the Plan . The Shares to be subject to or related to Options under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Company. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options under the Plan is 240,000. The Company will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares.
          (b) Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Options . If and to the extent that an Option expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option will again become available for grant under the Plan. In addition, if any Share is tendered or the delivery of any Share is withheld in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Option or in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, that Share will again become available for grant under the Plan.
          (c) Other Adjustment . In the event of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction affecting the Shares, the Board will make such equitable substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion; (i) to the aggregate number, class and/or issuer of securities reserved for issuance under the Plan; (ii) to the number, class and/or issuer of securities subject to outstanding Options; and (iii) to the exercise price of outstanding Options, which shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.
          (d) Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control:
          (i) cause any or all outstanding Options to become vested and/or immediately exercisable, in whole or in part;
          (ii) cancel any Option in exchange for a substitute option in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option);
          (iii) cause any outstanding Option to become fully vested and immediately exercisable for a reasonable period in advance of the Change in Control and, to the extent not exercised prior to that Change in Control, cancel that Option upon closing of the Change in Control; or
          (iv) cancel any Option in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in

A-3


Table of Contents

Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefore.
     In the discretion of the Board, any cash or substitute consideration payable upon cancellation or redemption of an Option may be subjected to vesting terms substantially identical to those that applied to the cancelled or redeemed Option prior to the Change in Control.
           SECTION 4. Eligibility . Only Non-Employee Directors of the Company or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Options under the Plan.
           SECTION 5. Options . Only non-qualified stock options shall be granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:
          (a) Option Price . The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option will be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion and will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant.
          (b) Option Term . The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board. No Option may be exercised by any person after expiration of the term of the Option.
          (c) Exercisability . Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board.
          (d) Method of Exercise . Subject to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, the exercisability provisions of Section 5(c) and the cessation of employment provisions of Section 6 , Options may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during their term by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by certified or bank check or such other means as the Board may accept. As determined by the Board in its sole discretion on or after the date of grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised.
          No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made. A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 8(a) hereof and fulfills such other conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
          (e) Cessation of Service . Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 6 with respect to exercise upon or following cessation of service as a Non-Employee Director.

A-4


Table of Contents

          (f) Transferability of Options . Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option: (i) no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and (ii) during the Participant’s lifetime, an Option will be exercisable only by the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s Disability, by his or her personal representative).
           SECTION 6. Cessation of Service . Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Option in the applicable Award Agreement, Options granted hereunder will remain exercisable after cessation of service only to the extent specified in this Section 6 .
          (a) Cessation of by Reason of Death . If a Participant’s service as a Non-Employee Director of the Company or any Affiliate ceases by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of death, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.
          (b) Cessation by Reason of Disability . If a Participant’s service as a Non-Employee Director of the Company or any Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after the time of grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.
          (c) Other Cessations . If a Participant’s service as a Non-Employee Director of the Company or any Affiliate ceases for any reason other than death or Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 90 days from the date of cessation of service as a Non-Employee Director (irrespective of the manner or timing of the cessation and without regards to whether there has been reasonable notice of cessation), or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.
           SECTION 7. Amendments and Termination . The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which, without the approval of such amendment within twelve (12) months of its adoption by the Board, by the Company’s stockholders, would: (i) increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan (except as otherwise provided in Section 3), or (ii) change the persons or class of persons eligible to receive Options.

A-5


Table of Contents

           SECTION 8. General Provisions .
          (a) The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Company for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate. The Award Agreement evidencing any Option and securities issued pursuant thereto may include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with applicable securities laws.
          (b) All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any applicable securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
          (c) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Option under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Company will have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligation with respect to an Option may be settled in Shares, including the Shares that are subject to that Option.
           SECTION 9. Effective Date of Plan . The Plan will become effective on the date that it is approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all outstanding Shares of the Company.
           SECTION 10. Term of Plan . No Option may be awarded under the Plan at any time after the date that is ten years after the Effective Date; provided, however , that the Plan shall not be deemed to have terminated until all Options have either expired, been exercised or have otherwise terminated.
           SECTION 11. Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.
           SECTION 12. Governing Law . The Plan and all Options granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.

A-6


Table of Contents

           SECTION 13. Board Action . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Company or other persons required by:
          (a) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);
          (b) the Company’s Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and
          (c) any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Company and its stockholders or other persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).
           SECTION 14. Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed, if to the Company to its principal executive office to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer (or such other person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to a Participant, to the address contained in the Company’s personnel records, or to such other address as that Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Company. Any such notice shall be deemed given or delivered three days after the date of mailing.

A-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT B
PLAN OF ACQUISITION
OF ALL THE OUTSTANDING STOCK
OF THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY
BY
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
          THIS PLAN OF ACQUISITION (the “Plan”) is entered into as of this 1st day of December, 2006, by the BANK OF NEW JERSEY, a commercial bank organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey, with its principal office at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024 (the “Bank”) and BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the state of New Jersey, with its principal office at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024 (“Corp”).
          WHEREAS, the Bank is desirous of forming a bank holding company because it believes that the holding company will provide it with future flexibility in undertaking the Bank’s current activities and future new activities and assist the Bank in remaining an independent institution, if the Board determines that remaining independent is in the best interests of the Bank and its stockholders; and
          WHEREAS, the Bank’s Board of Directors has determined that the formation of a holding company is in the best interest of the Bank’s stockholders; and
          WHEREAS, Corp was formed under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act on behalf of the Bank at the direction of the Bank’s Board of Directors; and
          WHEREAS, N.J.S.A. 17:9A-355 et seq . authorizes a New Jersey corporation and a state-chartered bank to enter into a plan of acquisition to exchange shares in the bank for shares in the holding company, to submit the plan to the New Jersey Department of Banking for approval and implement the plan if it is approved by the bank’s stockholders, subject to the right of the bank’s stockholders to dissent and receive the fair value of their shares; and
          WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and Corp have adopted this Plan pursuant to the provisions of N.J.S.A. 17:9A-357.
          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
           Section 1. PLAN OF ACQUISITION REQUIRED BY SECTION 17:9A-357
               1.1. Name of Acquiring Corporation . The name and the address of the acquiring corporation is: Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.
               1.2. Name of Participating Bank . The name and address of the participating bank is: the Bank of New Jersey, 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.

B-1


Table of Contents

               1.3. Names and Address of Directors . The names and addresses of the members of the Board of Directors of Corp are:
     
Name   Address
Jack Alter
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Michael Bello
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Jay Blau
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Albert F. Buzzetti
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Albert L. Buzzetti
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Stephen Crevani
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
John K. Daily
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Anthony M. LoConte
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Carmelo Luppino
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Rosario Luppino
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Howard Mann
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Josephine Mauro
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024

B-2


Table of Contents

     
Name   Address
Joel P. Paritz
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Christopher M. Shaari, MD
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Anthony Siniscalchi
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Mark Sokolich
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Diane M. Spinner
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
               1.4. Shares of Other Banks Owned by Corp . Corp does not own any shares of capital stock of any other bank.
               1.5. Terms and Conditions of Acquisition . The terms and conditions of the acquisition are the terms set forth in Sections 2, 3, 5, and 6 hereof.
               1.6. Effective Date . The effective date shall be the date determined under Section 7 hereof.
               1.7. Other Provisions . There are no other provisions of the Plan except as set forth herein.
           Section 2. CAPITALIZATION; TERMS OF ACQUISITION
               2.1. Capitalization of Corp . Corp is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of capital stock without nominal or par value (“Common Stock”). Corp shall not issue any of its shares of Common Stock prior to the Effective Date.
               2.2. Capitalization of the Bank . The Bank is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $10.00 per share (the “Bank Common Stock”). As of November 16, 2006, 2,181,679 shares were issued and outstanding.
               2.3. Terms of Exchange . Upon the Effective Date, each share of the Bank Common stock shall be converted into a share of Common Stock (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to the rights of dissenting stockholders as provided in Section 4 hereof, and, to the extent applicable, each option and warrant to purchase shares of Bank Common Stock shall be converted into an option or warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock at the Exchange Ratio. In addition, the Corp shall assume all of the Bank’s obligations under any outstanding stock option, stock warrant or benefit plan.
           Section 3. MODE OF CARRYING INTO EFFECT THE PLAN OF EXCHANGE
               3.1. Exchange Effective Immediately . Upon the Effective Date, each certificate representing shares of the Bank Common Stock shall by virtue of the Plan, and without any

B-3


Table of Contents

action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed to represent shares of Common Stock, and shall no longer represent the Bank Common Stock. As set forth in Section 4 hereof, after the Effective Date any dissenting stockholder who complies with the requirements of N.J.S.A. 17:9A-360 et seq . shall have only the rights accorded dissenting stockholders and such stockholder certificates shall not be deemed to represent shares of Common Stock or the Bank Common Stock.
               3.2. Issuance of Shares of Bank to Corp . Upon the Effective Date, the Bank shall issue to Corp one share of Bank Common Stock for each share of Bank Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date.
               3.3. Means of Effecting Exchange of Certificates of Bank Stock for Certificates in Corp . Upon or immediately after the Effective Date, the Bank shall notify each Bank stockholder of record on the Effective Date (except a holder who is a dissenting stockholder as provided in Section 4 hereof) of the procedure by which certificates representing the Bank Common Stock may be exchanged for certificates of Common Stock. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company shall act as exchange agent in effecting the exchange of certificates. After receipt of such notification, each holder shall be obligated to surrender the certificates representing the Bank Common Stock for exchange into certificates of Common Stock as promptly as possible.
           Section 4. DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER
               4.1. Any stockholder of the Bank who desires to dissent from the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall have the right to dissent by complying with all of the requirements set forth in N.J.S.A. 17:9A-360 et seq ., and, if the transactions contemplated by the Plan are consummated, shall be entitled to be paid the fair value of his shares in accordance with those provisions.
           Section 5. CONDITIONS FOR CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN AND RIGHT OF THE BANK TO TERMINATE THE PLAN PRIOR TO CONSUMMATION
               5.1. Conditions for Consummation . Consummation of the Plan is conditioned upon the following:
                    (a) Approval of the Plan by the Commissioner of Banking and Insurance of the State of New Jersey;
                    (b) Approval of the Plan by the holders of two-thirds (2/3) or more of the outstanding Bank Common Stock entitled to vote;
                    (c) The non-objection of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to a notification by Corp of its acquisition of Bank; and
                    (d) The Bank’s Board of Directors not terminating the Plan prior to the Effective Date as permitted by Section 5.2 hereof.
               5.2. Right of Bank to Terminate Plan Prior to the Effective Date . At any time prior to the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Bank may terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board of Directors the consummation of the Plan is inadvisable for any reason. To terminate the Plan the Bank’s Board of Directors shall adopt a resolution terminating the Plan and in the event such termination occurs after the stockholders of the Bank have voted on the Plan, promptly give written notice that the Plan has been terminated to the stockholders of the Bank. Upon the adoption of the Board resolution, the Plan shall be of no further force or effect and the Bank and Corp shall not be liable to each

B-4


Table of Contents

other, to any stockholder of the Bank or to any other person by reason of the Plan or the termination thereof. Without limiting the reasons for which the Bank’s Board may terminate the Plan, the Board may terminate the Plan if:
                    (a) The number of stockholders dissenting from the Plan and demanding payment of the fair value of their shares would in the judgment of the Board render the Plan inadvisable; or
                    (b) The Bank or Corp fails to receive, or fails to receive in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank or Corp, any permit, license or qualification from any federal or state authority required in connection with the consummation of the Plan.
           Section 6. EXPENSES
          Bank will bear all of the expenses incurred by the Bank and by Corp in connection with the Plan, including, without limiting the foregoing, all attorneys, accountants, and printing fees and all licensing fees incurred in connection with the Plan and the formation of Corp.
           Section 7. EFFECTIVE DATE
          The Plan shall become effective upon a date selected by the mutual agreement in writing of the parties hereto (the “Effective Date”). The date so selected shall be within a reasonable period after the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 have been complied with and the Bank has received any approvals or consents without which it might terminate the Plan under Section 5.2. At least one week prior to the agreed upon effective date, the Plan shall be filed with the Department of Banking and Insurance of the State of New Jersey together with the writing specifying the Effective Date and a certification by the president or a vice president of the Bank that the Bank’s stockholders have approved the Plan.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Boards of Directors of the Bank of New Jersey and Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., have authorized the execution of the Plan and caused the Plan to be executed as of the date first written above.
             
ATTEST:   BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.    
 
           
Michael Lesler
  By:   Albert F. Buzzetti
 
   
 
  Name:   Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
ATTEST:   BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
           
Michael Lesler
  By:   Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
           
 
  Name:   Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer    

B-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT C
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
          This is to certify that there is hereby organized a corporation under and by virtue of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act ( N.J.S.A. 14A:1-1 et seq .).
ARTICLE 1
          The name of the Corporation is “Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.”
ARTICLE 2
          The address of this Corporation’s registered office is 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Albert F. Buzzetti.
ARTICLE 3
          The purpose for which this corporation is organized is to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.
ARTICLE 4
          The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is twenty million (20,000,000) shares of common stock, no par value per share.
ARTICLE 5
          The first board of directors of the Corporation shall consist of eighteen (18) directors whose names are:
         
Jack Alter
  John K. Daily   Josephine Mauro
Michael Bello
  Armand Leone   Joel Paritz
Jay William Blau
  Anthony LoConte   Christopher Shaari
Albert F. Buzzetti
  Carmelo Luppino   Anthony Siniscalchi
Albert L. Buzzetti
  Rosario Luppino   Mark J. Sokolich
Stephen Crevani, Sr.
  Howard Mann   Diane Spinner
Each member of the first board of directors has a business address at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.
          Effective as of the first annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be classified in respect to the time for which they shall severally hold office into three classes, each class consisting of such number of directors as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board of directors as possible.
          At the first annual meeting of the shareholders, one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders, one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders, and one class of directors

C-1


Table of Contents

will be elected for an initial term to expire at the fourth annual meeting of shareholders. Each director so elected will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
          At the second annual meeting of shareholders and at each annual meeting of shareholders thereafter, such number of directors as shall then constitute the class shall be elected to hold office for a term to expire at the third annul meeting of shareholders after their election and thereafter until their successors are elected and qualified, so that a number of directors as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible shall be elected annually.
          In the event of an increase in the number of directors constituting the entire board, new directors shall be classified to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible. In the event of a decrease in the number of directors constituting the entire board, no term of any incumbent director may be shortened; however, at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders following such decrease in the number of directors, any incumbent director or director nominee may be elected for a term to expire at the first or second annul meeting of shareholders after their election, to the extent necessary to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible.
ARTICLE 6
          The name of the incorporator is Dennis R. Casale and the address of the incorporator is c/o Pepper Hamilton LLP, 300 Alexander Park, Princeton, New Jersey 08543.
ARTICLE 7
          Subject to the following, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for damages for breach of any duty owed to the Corporation or its shareholders. The preceding sentence shall not relieve a director or officer from liability for any breach of duty based upon an act or omission (i) in breach of such person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) not in good faith or involving a knowing violation of law, or (iii) resulting in receipt by such person of an improper personal benefit. If the New Jersey Business Corporation Act is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer or both of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act as so amended. Any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation, or change in law which authorizes this Article shall not adversely affect any then existing right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 8
          The Corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees, and agents and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and any other persons serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred in connection with any pending or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, with respect to which such officer, director, employee, agent or other person is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to the full extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act. The indemnification provided herein (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, or vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his

C-2


Table of Contents

or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and the administrators of any such person. The Corporation shall have the power, but shall not be obligated, to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person or persons enumerated above against any liability asserted against or incurred by them or any of them arising out of their status as corporate directors, officers, employees, or agents whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under the provisions of this Article. When a board of directors does not consist of a majority of disinterested directors, the board may nevertheless advance expenses to one or more directors or all of them provided each executes the undertaking to repay required by law.
ARTICLE 9
          The effective date of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be the date filed with the State Treasurer of the State of New Jersey.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the incorporator, being at least 18 years of age, has signed this Certificate this 15th day of November, 2006.
         
 
  Dennis R. Casale
 
Dennis R. Casale, Incorporator
   

C-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT D
SECTIONS 360 THROUGH 369 OF BANKING ACT
17:9A-360. Notice of dissent; “dissenting stockholder” defined
          (1) Any stockholder of a participating bank electing to dissent from the plan of acquisition may do so by filing with the participating bank of which he is a stockholder, a written notice of such dissent, stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares if the plan of acquisition becomes effective. Such dissent shall be filed before the taking of the vote of the stockholders on the plan of acquisition pursuant to section 5.
          (2) Within 10 days after the date on which the plan of acquisition is approved by stockholders of a participating bank as provided in section 5 hereof, such bank shall give notice of such approval by certified mail to each stockholder who has filed written notice of dissent pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, except any who voted for or consented in writing to such plan of acquisition.
          (3) Within 20 days after the mailing of such notice, any stockholder to whom the participating bank was required to give such notice, may make written demand on the participating bank for the payment of the fair value of his shares. A stockholder who makes a demand pursuant to this subsection (3) is hereafter in this act referred to as a “dissenting stockholder.” Upon making such demand, the dissenting stockholder shall cease to have any rights of a stockholder except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares and any other rights of a dissenting stockholder under this act.
          (4) Not later than 20 days after demanding payment for his shares pursuant to this section, the stockholder shall submit the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the participating bank of which he is a stockholder for notation thereon that such demand has been made, whereupon such certificate or certificates shall be returned to him. If shares represented by a certificate on which such notation has been made shall be transferred, each new certificate issued therefor shall bear similar notation, together with the name of the original dissenting holder of such shares, and a transferee of such shares shall acquire by such transfer no rights other than those which the original dissenting stockholder had after making a demand for payment of the fair value thereof.
          (5) A stockholder may not dissent as to less than all of the shares owned beneficially by him. A nominee or fiduciary may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial owner as to less than all of the shares of such owner.
17:9A-361. Valuation date of fair value
          For the purposes of this act, the fair value of the shares of a participating bank shall be determined as of the day before the day on which the vote of stockholders of such bank was taken as provided in section 5. In determining fair value, there shall be excluded any appreciation or depreciation in value resulting from the consummation of the plan of acquisition.

D-1


Table of Contents

17:9A-362. Termination of right of stockholder to be paid the fair value of his shares
          (1) The right of a dissenting stockholder to be paid the fair value of his shares shall cease if
          (a) He has failed to present his certificates for notation as provided by subsection (4) of section 6, unless a court having jurisdiction, for good and sufficient cause shown, shall otherwise direct;
          (b) His demand for payment is withdrawn with the written consent of the participating bank;
          (c) The fair value of the shares is not agreed upon as provided in this act, and no action for the determination of fair value by the Superior Court is commenced within the time provided in this act;
          (d) The Superior Court determines that the stockholder is not entitled to payment for his shares;
          (e) The plan of acquisition of shares is abandoned, rescinded, or otherwise terminated in respect to the participating bank of which he is a stockholder; or
          (f) A court having jurisdiction permanently enjoins or sets aside the acquisition of shares.
          (2) In any case provided for in subsection (1) of this section the rights of the dissenting stockholder as a stockholder shall be reinstated as of the date of the making of a demand for payment pursuant to section 6 without prejudice to any corporate action which has taken place during the interim period. In such event, he shall be entitled to any intervening pre-emptive rights and the right to payment of any intervening dividend or other distribution, or if any such rights have expired or any such dividend or distribution other than in cash has been completed, in lieu thereof, at the election of the participating bank, the fair value thereof in cash as of the time of such expiration or completion.
17:9A-363. Rights of dissenting stockholder
          (1) A dissenting stockholder may not withdraw his demand for payment of the fair value of his shares without the written consent of the participating bank.
          (2) The enforcement by a dissenting stockholder of his right to receive payment for his shares shall exclude the enforcement by such dissenting stockholder of any other right to which he might otherwise be entitled by virtue of share ownership, except as provided in subsection (2) of section 8 and except that this subsection shall not exclude the right of such dissenting stockholder to bring or maintain an appropriate action to obtain relief on the ground that consummation of the plan of acquisition will be or is ultra vires, unlawful or fraudulent as to such dissenting stockholder.
17:9A-364. Determination of fair value by agreement
          (1) Within 10 days after the expiration of the period within which stockholders may make written demand to be paid the fair value of their shares, or within 10 days after the plan of acquisition becomes effective, whichever is later, the participating bank shall mail to each dissenting stockholder the balance sheet and the surplus statement of the participating bank as of the latest available date, which shall not be earlier than 12 months prior to the making of the offer of payment hereinafter referred to in this subsection, and a profit and loss statement or statements for not less than a 12-month period ended

D-2


Table of Contents

on the date of such balance sheet or, if the participating bank was not in existence for such 12-month period, for the portion thereof during which it was in existence. The participating bank may accompany such mailing with a written offer to pay each dissenting stockholder for his shares at a specified price deemed by such bank to be the fair value thereof. Such offer shall be made at the same price per share to all dissenting stockholders of the same class, or, if divided into series, of the same series.
          (2) If, not later than 30 days after the expiration of the 10-day period limited by subsection (1) of this section, the fair value of the shares is agreed upon between any dissenting stockholder and the participating bank, payment therefor shall be made upon surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares.
17:9A-365. Procedure on failure to agree upon fair value; commencement of action to determine fair value
          (1) If the fair value of the shares is not agreed upon within the 30-day period limited by subsection (2) of section 10, the dissenting stockholder may serve upon the participating bank a written demand that it commence an action in the Superior Court for the determination of such fair value. Such demand shall be served not later than 30 days after the expiration of the 30-day period so limited and such action shall be commenced by the participating bank not later than 30 days after receipt by such bank of such demand, but nothing herein shall prevent such bank from commencing such action at any earlier time.
          (2) If a participating bank fails to commence the action as provided in subsection (1) of this section a dissenting stockholder may do so in the name of such bank, not later than 60 days after the expiration of the time limited by subsection (1) of this section in which such bank may commence such an action.
17:9A-366. Action to determine fair value; jurisdiction of court; appointment of appraiser
          In any action to determine the fair value of shares pursuant to this act:
          (a) The Superior Court shall have jurisdiction and may proceed in the action in a summary manner or otherwise;
          (b) All dissenting stockholders, wherever residing, except those who have agreed with the participating bank upon the price to be paid for their shares, shall be made parties thereto as an action against their shares quasi in rem;
          (c) The court in its discretion may appoint an appraiser to receive evidence and report to the court on the question of fair value, who shall have such power and authority as shall be specified in the order of his appointment; and
          (d) The court shall render judgment against the participating bank and in favor of each stockholder who is a party to the action for the amount of the fair value of his shares.
17:9A-367. Judgment in action to determine fair value
          (1) A judgment for the payment of the fair value of shares shall be payable upon surrender to the participating bank of the certificate or certificates representing such shares.

D-3


Table of Contents

          (2) The judgment shall include an allowance for interest at such rate as the court finds to be equitable, from the day of the meeting of stockholders of the participating bank at which the plan of acquisition was approved to the day of payment. If the court finds that the refusal of any dissenting stockholder to accept any offer of payment made by the participating bank under section 10 was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith, no interest shall be allowed to him.
17:9A-368. Costs and expenses of action
          The costs and expenses of bringing an action pursuant to section 11 shall be determined by the court and shall be apportioned and assessed as the court may find equitable upon the parties or any of them. Such expenses shall include reasonable compensation for and reasonable expenses of the appraiser, if any, but shall exclude the fees and expenses of counsel for and experts employed by any party; but if the court finds that the offer of payment made by the participating bank under section 10 was not made in good faith, or if no such offer was made, the court in its discretion may award to any dissenting stockholder who is a party to the action reasonable fees and expenses of his counsel and of any experts employed by the dissenting stockholder.
17:9A-369. Disposition of shares
          Upon payment for shares pursuant to subsection (2) of section 10, or upon payment of a judgment pursuant to subsection (1) of section 13, the participating bank making such payment shall acquire all the right, title and interest in and to such shares, notwithstanding any other provision of law. Shares so acquired by the participating bank shall be disposed of as a stock dividend as provided by section 212 of the Banking Act of 1948, P.L.1948, chapter 67.

D-4


Table of Contents

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF
BANK OF NEW JERSEY
April 23, 2007
Please date, sign and mail
your proxy card in the
envelope provided as soon
as possible.
ê  Please detach along perforated line and mail in the envelope provided.  ê
     
 
   
         
 

PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE. PLEASE MARK YOUR VOTE IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS SHOWN HERE  x
 
                                         
 
                              FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
   1. Elect Directors: To elect as directors of Bank of New Jersey, each to hold office until the 2008 annual meeting.     2.  
Approval of the 2007 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement.
  o   o   o
    o
    NOMINEES:                
  FOR ALL NOMINEES ¡ Jack Alter ¡ Joel P. Paritz               FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
    ¡ Michael Bello ¡ Christopher M. Shaari     3.  
Approval of the Plan of Acquisition, as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement.
  o   o   o
    o   WITHHOLD AUTHORITY ¡ Jay Blau ¡ Anthony Siniscalchi    
  FOR ALL NOMINEES ¡ Albert F. Buzzetti ¡ Mark Sokolich    
               
      ¡ Albert L. Buzzetti ¡ Diane M. Spinner    
     This proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted on by delivering to the secretary of Bank of New Jersey on or before the taking of the vote at the annual meeting, a written notice of revocation bearing a later date than the proxy or a later dated proxy relating to the same shares of Bank of New Jersey common stock, or by attending the annual meeting and voting in person. Attendance at the annual meeting will not in itself constitute the revocation of a proxy. If this proxy is properly revoked as described above, then the power of the persons named in this proxy shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect.
    o
  FOR ALL EXCEPT ¡ Stephen Crevani        
  (See instructions below) ¡ John K. Daily  
Should a director nominee be unable to serve as a director, an event the Bank of New Jersey does not currently anticipate, the persons named in this proxy reserve the right, in their discretion to vote for a substitute nominee designated by the Board of Directors.
 
 
    ¡ Armand Leone, Jr.      
      ¡ Anthony M. Lo Conte      
      ¡ Carmelo Luppino      
      ¡ Rosario Luppino                          
      ¡ Howard Mann      
     In order to assist the Bank in providing proper accommodations for the annual meeting, please advise whether you plan to attend in person. Your response will not affect your proxy, your ability to attend the meeting or your ability to vote your shares in person.
      ¡ Josephine Mauro      
               
INSTRUCTION: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s), mark “FOR ALL EXCEPT” and fill in the circle next to each nominee you wish to withhold, as shown here: =
   
     The undersigned acknowledges receipt from Bank of New Jersey prior to the execution of this proxy, of the Notice of Annual Meeting scheduled to held on April 23, 2007, the Proxy Statement dated March 27, 2007 and Bank of New Jersey’s 2006 Annual Report.
    MARK “X” HERE IF YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING. o
To change the address on your account, please check the box at right and indicate your new address in the address space above. Please note that changes to the registered name(s) on the account may not be submitted via this method.

o    
                             
                             
Signature of Shareholder
 
 
  Date:  
 
  Signature of Shareholder  
 
  Date:  
 
             
n
  Note:  
Please sign exactly as your name or names appear on this Proxy. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If the signer is a corporation, please sign full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person.
  n

 


Table of Contents

                      g
     
 
  BANK OF NEW JERSEY
 
   
 
  REVOCABLE PROXY FOR
 
  ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
  APRIL 23, 2007
 
   
 
  SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
 
        The undersigned hereby appoints Albert F. Buzzetti and Michael Lesler, and each of them, with full power of substitution, to vote, as designated on the reverse side, all the shares of Bank of New Jersey common stock held of record by the undersigned at the close of business on February 22, 2007, at the annual meeting of shareholders, to be held April 23, 2007, and at any and all adjournments or postponements thereof. The undersigned hereby revokes any and all earlier dated proxies with respect to such annual meeting. This proxy, when properly executed, will be voted in the manner directed herein by the undersigned. If no direction is made, this proxy will be voted FOR each of proposals. The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR each of the proposals.
 
   
 
  (Continued and to be signed on the reverse side.)
     
g   14475      g


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
      Statutory Indemnification . We refer you to Section 14A:3-5 of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, as amended (the “NJBCA”), which sets forth the extent to which a corporation is authorized or required to indemnify its directors, officers and other corporate agents in various proceedings. For purposes of such law, a “corporate agent” is any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the indemnifying corporation or of any constituent corporation absorbed by the indemnifying corporation in a consolidation or merger and any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of any other enterprise, serving as such at the request of the indemnifying corporation, or of any such constituent corporation, or the legal representative of any such director, officer, trustee, employee or agent. A “proceeding” is any pending, threatened or completed civil, criminal, administrative or arbitrative action, suit, or proceeding, any appeal, and any inquiry or investigation which could lead to such action, suit or proceeding.
     Generally, the NJBCA authorizes any New Jersey corporation to indemnify a corporate agent against his or her expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any proceeding involving the corporate agent by reason of his or her being or having been a corporate agent if (a) the corporate agent acted in good faith or in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and (b) with respect to any criminal proceeding, the corporate agent had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
     In any proceeding by the corporation or in the right of the corporation (a derivative action), the corporation is authorized to indemnify a corporate agent against his or her expenses if the agent acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, but the corporation is not authorized to indemnify a corporate agent for any liabilities in such proceeding. However, the corporation is not authorized to indemnify a corporate agent against expenses with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which the agent was adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that a court deems such indemnification would be proper.
     In the event the corporation is authorized but not required to indemnify a corporate agent, the corporation may only do so if a determination is made that the applicable standard of conduct was met by such corporate agent. The determination may be made by the board of directors of the corporation, or a committee thereof, acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of disinterested directors; by independent legal counsel, if there is not a quorum of disinterested directors or if the disinterested quorum directs such counsel to make the determination; or by the shareholders of the corporation.
     A New Jersey corporation is required to indemnify a corporate agent to the extent that the corporate agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in any proceeding of the types described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in the proceeding. If a corporation fails or refuses to indemnify a corporate agent, whether the indemnification is permissive or mandatory, the agent may apply to a court to grant him or her the requested indemnification. In advance of the final disposition of any proceeding, the board of directors may direct the corporation to pay an agent’s expenses if the agent agrees to repay the expenses in the event that it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.
     The indemnification and advance of expenses authorized or required by the NJBCA do not exclude any other rights, including the right to be indemnified against liabilities and expenses incurred in proceedings by or in the right of the corporation, to which a corporate agent may be entitled under a certificate of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or otherwise; provided that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of a corporate agent if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the corporate agent establishes that his or her acts or omissions (a) were in breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, as defined in subsection 14A:2-7(3) of the NJBCA, (b) were not in good faith or involved a knowing violation of law or (c) resulted in receipt by the corporate agent of an improper personal benefit.

II-1


Table of Contents

     The power to indemnify corporate agents granted to New Jersey corporations pursuant to the NJBCA may be exercised notwithstanding the absence of any provision a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws authorizing the exercise of such powers.
     Except to the extent required by subsection 14A:3-5(4) of the NJBCA, no indemnification will be provided by a corporation or ordered by a court, if it would be inconsistent with certificate of incorporation, bylaw, resolution of the board of directors or shareholders, an agreement or other proper corporate action in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding, which prohibits, limits or otherwise conditions the exercise of indemnification powers by the corporation or the rights of indemnification to which a corporate agent may be entitled.
      Indemnification Pursuant to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant . In accordance with the foregoing statutory provision, Article 8 of our certificate of incorporation provides as follows:
     The Corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees, and agents and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and any other persons serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred in connection with any pending or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, with respect to which such officer, director, employee, agent or other person is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to the full extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act. The indemnification provided herein (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, or vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and the administrators of any such person. The Corporation shall have the power, but shall not be obligated, to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person or persons enumerated above against any liability asserted against or incurred by them or any of them arising out of their status as corporate directors, officers, employees, or agents whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under the provisions of this Article. When a board of directors does not consist of a majority of disinterested directors, the board may nevertheless advance expenses to one or more directors or all of them provided each executes the undertaking to repay required by law.
      Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . We maintain a policy of directors and officers liability insurance to cover certain potential liabilities of present or future directors and officers, as well as employees, for actions taken in their capacities as such and in certain other limited circumstances, including certain potential liabilities under the Securities Act.
Item 21. Exhibits.
     See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 22. Undertakings.
     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
          (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
          (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar

II-2


Table of Contents

value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
          (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
          (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
          (3) To remove from registration by means of post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Exchange Act; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.
     (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through the use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.
     (e) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (f) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, such registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3


Table of Contents

     (g) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
     (h) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Fort Lee, New Jersey, on March 7, 2007.
         
     
  By:   Albert F. Buzzetti    
    Albert F. Buzzetti   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Albert F. Buzzetti and Michael Lesler his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitutes or substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Name   Title   Date
 
       
Albert F. Buzzetti
 
Albert F. Buzzetti
  Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  March 7, 2007
 
       
Michael Lesler
 
Michael Lesler
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer)
  March 7, 2007
 
       
Jack Alter
 
Jack Alter
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Michael Bello
 
Michael Bello
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Jay Blau
 
Jay Blau
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Albert L. Buzzetti
 
Albert L. Buzzetti
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Stephen Crevani
 
Stephen Crevani
  Director   March 7, 2007

II-5


Table of Contents

         
Name   Title   Date
 
       
John K. Daily
 
John K. Daily
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD
 
Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Anthony M. Lo Conte
 
Anthony M. Lo Conte
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Carmelo Luppino
 
Carmelo Luppino
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Rosario Luppino
 
Rosario Luppino
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Howard Mann
 
Howard Mann
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Josephine Mauro
 
Josephine Mauro
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Joel P. Paritz
 
Joel P. Paritz
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Christopher M. Shaari, MD
 
Christopher M. Shaari, MD
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Anthony Siniscalchi
 
Anthony Siniscalchi
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Mark Sokolich
 
Mark Sokolich
  Director   March 7, 2007
 
       
Diane M. Spinner
 
Diane M. Spinner
  Director   March 7, 2007

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
   
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
2.1
  Plan of Acquisition
 
   
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation
 
   
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
   
4.1
  Specimen form of stock certificate
 
   
5.1
  Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP regarding legality
 
   
8.1
  Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP regarding tax matters
 
   
10.1
  Change In Control Agreement between the Bank and Albert F. Buzzetti*
 
   
10.2
  Change In Control Agreement between the Bank and Michael Lesler*
 
   
10.3
  Change In Control Agreement between the Bank and Leo J. Faresich*
 
   
10.4
  Change In Control Agreement between the Bank and Diane M. Spinner*
 
   
10.5
  2006 Stock Option Plan*
 
   
10.6
  Form of Stock Option Award Agreement*
 
   
13.1
  Annual report to stockholders
 
   
23.1
  Consent of KPMG LLP
 
   
23.2
  Consent of Pepper Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
   
24.1
  Powers of Attorney (included on Signature Page)
 
*   Management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

II-7

 

EX-2.1
PLAN OF ACQUISITION
OF ALL THE OUTSTANDING STOCK
OF THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY
BY
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
     THIS PLAN OF ACQUISITION (the “Plan”) is entered into as of this 1st day of December, 2006, by the BANK OF NEW JERSEY, a commercial bank organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey, with its principal office at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024 (the “Bank”) and BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the state of New Jersey, with its principal office at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024 (“Corp”).
     WHEREAS, the Bank is desirous of forming a bank holding company because it believes that the holding company will provide it with future flexibility in undertaking the Bank’s current activities and future new activities and assist the Bank in remaining an independent institution, if the Board determines that remaining independent is in the best interests of the Bank and its stockholders; and
     WHEREAS, the Bank’s Board of Directors has determined that the formation of a holding company is in the best interest of the Bank’s stockholders; and
     WHEREAS, Corp was formed under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act on behalf of the Bank at the direction of the Bank’s Board of Directors; and
     WHEREAS, N.J.S.A. 17:9A-355 et seq . authorizes a New Jersey corporation and a state-chartered bank to enter into a plan of acquisition to exchange shares in the bank for shares in the holding company, to submit the plan to the New Jersey Department of Banking for approval and implement the plan if it is approved by the bank’s stockholders, subject to the right of the bank’s stockholders to dissent and receive the fair value of their shares; and
     WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and Corp have adopted this Plan pursuant to the provisions of N.J.S.A. 17:9A-357.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
      Section 1. PLAN OF ACQUISITION REQUIRED BY SECTION 17:9A-357
          1.1. Name of Acquiring Corporation . The name and the address of the acquiring corporation is: Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.
          1.2. Name of Participating Bank . The name and address of the participating bank is: the Bank of New Jersey, 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.
          1.3. Names and Address of Directors . The names and addresses of the members of the Board of Directors of Corp are:
     
Name   Address
Jack Alter
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024

 


 

     
Name   Address
Michael Bello
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Jay Blau
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Albert F. Buzzetti
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Albert L. Buzzetti
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Stephen Crevani
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
John K. Daily
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Anthony M. LoConte
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Carmelo Luppino
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Rosario Luppino
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Howard Mann
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Josephine Mauro
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Joel P. Paritz
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Christopher M. Shaari, MD
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Anthony Siniscalchi
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024

2


 

     
Name   Address
Mark Sokolich
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
 
   
Diane M. Spinner
  c/o Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024
          1.4. Shares of Other Banks Owned by Corp . Corp does not own any shares of capital stock of any other bank.
          1.5. Terms and Conditions of Acquisition . The terms and conditions of the acquisition are the terms set forth in Sections 2, 3, 5, and 6 hereof.
          1.6. Effective Date . The effective date shall be the date determined under Section 7 hereof.
          1.7. Other Provisions . There are no other provisions of the Plan except as set forth herein.
      Section 2. CAPITALIZATION; TERMS OF ACQUISITION
          2.1. Capitalization of Corp . Corp is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of capital stock without nominal or par value (“Common Stock”). Corp shall not issue any of its shares of Common Stock prior to the Effective Date.
          2.2. Capitalization of the Bank . The Bank is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $10.00 per share (the “Bank Common Stock”). As of November 16, 2006, 2,181,679 shares were issued and outstanding.
          2.3. Terms of Exchange . Upon the Effective Date, each share of the Bank Common stock shall be converted into a share of Common Stock (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to the rights of dissenting stockholders as provided in Section 4 hereof, and, to the extent applicable, each option and warrant to purchase shares of Bank Common Stock shall be converted into an option or warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock at the Exchange Ratio. In addition, the Corp shall assume all of the Bank’s obligations under any outstanding stock option, stock warrant or benefit plan.
      Section 3. MODE OF CARRYING INTO EFFECT THE PLAN OF EXCHANGE
          3.1. Exchange Effective Immediately . Upon the Effective Date, each certificate representing shares of the Bank Common Stock shall by virtue of the Plan, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed to represent shares of Common Stock, and shall no longer represent the Bank Common Stock. As set forth in Section 4 hereof, after the Effective Date any dissenting stockholder who complies with the requirements of N.J.S.A. 17:9A-360 et seq . shall have only the rights accorded dissenting stockholders and such stockholder certificates shall not be deemed to represent shares of Common Stock or the Bank Common Stock.
          3.2. Issuance of Shares of Bank to Corp . Upon the Effective Date, the Bank shall issue to Corp one share of Bank Common Stock for each share of Bank Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date.

3


 

          3.3. Means of Effecting Exchange of Certificates of Bank Stock for Certificates in Corp . Upon or immediately after the Effective Date, the Bank shall notify each Bank stockholder of record on the Effective Date (except a holder who is a dissenting stockholder as provided in Section 4 hereof) of the procedure by which certificates representing the Bank Common Stock may be exchanged for certificates of Common Stock. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company shall act as exchange agent in effecting the exchange of certificates. After receipt of such notification, each holder shall be obligated to surrender the certificates representing the Bank Common Stock for exchange into certificates of Common Stock as promptly as possible.
      Section 4. DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER
          4.1. Any stockholder of the Bank who desires to dissent from the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall have the right to dissent by complying with all of the requirements set forth in N.J.S.A. 17:9A-360 et seq ., and, if the transactions contemplated by the Plan are consummated, shall be entitled to be paid the fair value of his shares in accordance with those provisions.
      Section 5. CONDITIONS FOR CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN AND RIGHT OF THE BANK TO TERMINATE THE PLAN PRIOR TO CONSUMMATION
          5.1. Conditions for Consummation . Consummation of the Plan is conditioned upon the following:
               (a) Approval of the Plan by the Commissioner of Banking and Insurance of the State of New Jersey;
               (b) Approval of the Plan by the holders of two-thirds (2/3) or more of the outstanding Bank Common Stock entitled to vote;
               (c) The non-objection of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to a notification by Corp of its acquisition of Bank; and
               (d) The Bank’s Board of Directors not terminating the Plan prior to the Effective Date as permitted by Section 5.2 hereof.
          5.2. Right of Bank to Terminate Plan Prior to the Effective Date . At any time prior to the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Bank may terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board of Directors the consummation of the Plan is inadvisable for any reason. To terminate the Plan the Bank’s Board of Directors shall adopt a resolution terminating the Plan and in the event such termination occurs after the stockholders of the Bank have voted on the Plan, promptly give written notice that the Plan has been terminated to the stockholders of the Bank. Upon the adoption of the Board resolution, the Plan shall be of no further force or effect and the Bank and Corp shall not be liable to each other, to any stockholder of the Bank or to any other person by reason of the Plan or the termination thereof. Without limiting the reasons for which the Bank’s Board may terminate the Plan, the Board may terminate the Plan if:
               (a) The number of stockholders dissenting from the Plan and demanding payment of the fair value of their shares would in the judgment of the Board render the Plan inadvisable; or

4


 

               (b) The Bank or Corp fails to receive, or fails to receive in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank or Corp, any permit, license or qualification from any federal or state authority required in connection with the consummation of the Plan.
      Section 6. EXPENSES
     Bank will bear all of the expenses incurred by the Bank and by Corp in connection with the Plan, including, without limiting the foregoing, all attorneys, accountants, and printing fees and all licensing fees incurred in connection with the Plan and the formation of Corp.
      Section 7. EFFECTIVE DATE
     The Plan shall become effective upon a date selected by the mutual agreement in writing of the parties hereto (the “Effective Date”). The date so selected shall be within a reasonable period after the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 have been complied with and the Bank has received any approvals or consents without which it might terminate the Plan under Section 5.2. At least one week prior to the agreed upon effective date, the Plan shall be filed with the Department of Banking and Insurance of the State of New Jersey together with the writing specifying the Effective Date and a certification by the president or a vice president of the Bank that the Bank’s stockholders have approved the Plan.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Boards of Directors of the Bank of New Jersey and Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., have authorized the execution of the Plan and caused the Plan to be executed as of the date first written above.
                     
ATTEST:       BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.    
 
                   
Michael Lesler
      By:       Albert F. Buzzetti    
             
 
          Name:   Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
          Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
                   
ATTEST:       BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
                   
Michael Lesler
      By:       Albert F. Buzzetti    
             
 
          Name:   Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
          Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer    

5

 

EX-3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
     This is to certify that there is hereby organized a corporation under and by virtue of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act ( N.J.S.A. 14A:1-1 et seq .).
ARTICLE 1
     The name of the Corporation is “Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.”
ARTICLE 2
     The address of this Corporation’s registered office is 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Albert F. Buzzetti.
ARTICLE 3
     The purpose for which this corporation is organized is to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be organized under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.
ARTICLE 4
     The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is twenty million (20,000,000) shares of common stock, no par value per share.
ARTICLE 5
     The first board of directors of the Corporation shall consist of eighteen (18) directors whose names are:
         
Jack Alter
  John K. Daily   Josephine Mauro
Michael Bello
  Armand Leone   Joel Paritz
Jay William Blau
  Anthony LoConte   Christopher Shaari
Albert F. Buzzetti
  Carmelo Luppino   Anthony Siniscalchi
Albert L. Buzzetti
  Rosario Luppino   Mark J. Sokolich
Stephen Crevani, Sr.
  Howard Mann   Diane Spinner
Each member of the first board of directors has a business address at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.
     Effective as of the first annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be classified in respect to the time for which they shall severally hold office into three classes, each class consisting of such number of directors as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board of directors as possible.
     At the first annual meeting of the shareholders, one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders, one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders, and one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the fourth annual meeting of shareholders. Each director so elected will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 


 

     At the second annual meeting of shareholders and at each annual meeting of shareholders thereafter, such number of directors as shall then constitute the class shall be elected to hold office for a term to expire at the third annul meeting of shareholders after their election and thereafter until their successors are elected and qualified, so that a number of directors as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible shall be elected annually.
     In the event of an increase in the number of directors constituting the entire board, new directors shall be classified to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible. In the event of a decrease in the number of directors constituting the entire board, no term of any incumbent director may be shortened; however, at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders following such decrease in the number of directors, any incumbent director or director nominee may be elected for a term to expire at the first or second annul meeting of shareholders after their election, to the extent necessary to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible.
ARTICLE 6
     The name of the incorporator is Dennis R. Casale and the address of the incorporator is c/o Pepper Hamilton LLP, 300 Alexander Park, Princeton, New Jersey 08543.
ARTICLE 7
     Subject to the following, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for damages for breach of any duty owed to the Corporation or its shareholders. The preceding sentence shall not relieve a director or officer from liability for any breach of duty based upon an act or omission (i) in breach of such person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) not in good faith or involving a knowing violation of law, or (iii) resulting in receipt by such person of an improper personal benefit. If the New Jersey Business Corporation Act is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer or both of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act as so amended. Any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation, or change in law which authorizes this Article shall not adversely affect any then existing right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 8
     The Corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees, and agents and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and any other persons serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation, association, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred in connection with any pending or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, with respect to which such officer, director, employee, agent or other person is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to the full extent permitted by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act. The indemnification provided herein (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, or vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and the administrators of any such person. The Corporation shall have the power, but shall not be obligated, to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person or persons enumerated

2


 

above against any liability asserted against or incurred by them or any of them arising out of their status as corporate directors, officers, employees, or agents whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under the provisions of this Article. When a board of directors does not consist of a majority of disinterested directors, the board may nevertheless advance expenses to one or more directors or all of them provided each executes the undertaking to repay required by law.
ARTICLE 9
     The effective date of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be the date filed with the State Treasurer of the State of New Jersey.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the incorporator, being at least 18 years of age, has signed this Certificate this 15th day of November, 2006.
         
 
  Dennis R. Casale    
       
 
  Dennis R. Casale, Incorporator    

3

 

Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
Adopted February 22, 2007
ARTICLE 1
LAW, CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
     Section 1.1. These bylaws are subject to the certificate of incorporation of the corporation. In these bylaws, references to law, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws mean the law, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws as from time to time in effect.
ARTICLE 2
SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 2.1. Annual Meetings .
     (a) A meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held once each calendar year on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the board of directors.
     (b) Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the shareholders at an annual meeting of shareholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Article 2, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article 2.
     (c) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.1(b), the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation and such other business must be a proper matter for shareholder action and not otherwise excludable under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation no less than sixty (60) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date fixed for any annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder must be received no later than the date which is sixty (60) days prior to the date fixed for the annual meeting or the date which is fifteen (15) days after the public announcement of the date fixed for the annual meeting, which ever is later. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation is required under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) to include a shareholder’s proposal in its proxy statement, such shareholder shall be deemed to have

 


 

given timely notice for purposes of this Section 2.1(c) with respect to such proposal. A shareholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a member of the board of directors: (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of members of the board of directors in an election contest or is otherwise required pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, (2) a description of any arrangements or understandings among the shareholder and each such person and any other person with respect to such nomination, and (3) the consent of each such person to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a member of the board of directors if so elected; (ii) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (1) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner; (2) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner; and (3) a representation that such shareholder and beneficial owner intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting.
     Section 2.2. Special Meetings . A special meeting of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or the board of directors. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting.
     Section 2.3. General .
     (a) The chairman of the board shall preside at each shareholders meeting, unless prior to such meeting the board of directors shall have selected a different person to preside at such meeting.
     (b) Only such persons who are nominated and qualified in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Article 2, Section 3.3 and Section 3.4 shall be eligible to serve as members of the board of directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Article 2. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was properly made or proposed, as the case may be, and, if any proposed nomination or business has not been properly made or proposed, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.
     Section 2.4. Place of Meeting . All meetings of the shareholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such place within or without the State of New Jersey as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. Any adjourned

-2-


 

session of any meeting of the shareholders shall be held at the place designated in the vote of adjournment.
     Section 2.5. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, a written notice of each meeting of shareholders stating the place, day and hour thereof and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than one (1) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting, and to each shareholder who, by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, is entitled to notice, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or by depositing it in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such shareholder at his address as it appears in the records of the corporation. As to any adjourned session of any meeting of shareholders, notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken except that if after the adjournment a new record date is set for the adjourned session, notice of any such adjourned session of the meeting shall be given in the manner heretofore described. No notice of any meeting of shareholders or any adjourned session thereof need be given to a shareholder if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting or such adjourned session by such shareholder, in person or by proxy, is filed with the records of the meeting or if the shareholder attends such meeting, in person or by proxy, without objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the shareholders or any adjourned session thereof need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
     Section 2.6. Quorum of Shareholders . At any meeting of the shareholders a quorum as to any matter shall consist of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except where a larger quorum is required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. If a quorum is present at an original meeting, a quorum need not be present at an adjourned session of that meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of any corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.
     Section 2.7. Action by Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, a plurality of the votes properly cast for election to any office shall elect to such office and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any question other than an election to an office shall decide the question, except when a larger vote is required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. Broker non-votes and abstentions shall not count as votes cast, but shall be counted to determine whether a quorum is present.

-3-


 

     Section 2.8. Proxies . Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing may authorize another person to act for him or her by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing (or transmitted by electronic means which results in a writing) executed by such shareholder or by the shareholder’s attorney thereunto authorized, and delivered to the Secretary. The presence of, or vote or other action at a meeting of shareholders, or the expression of consent or dissent to corporate action by a written proxy of a shareholder, shall constitute the presence of, or vote or action by, or written consent or dissent of the shareholder. Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact and filed with the Secretary. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any other agreement or any provision in the proxy to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until written notice of revocation has been given to the Secretary. An unrevoked proxy shall not be valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless, before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary.
     Section 2.9. Inspectors . The directors or the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election and any substitute inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting (in person or by proxy), the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents (except voice votes), hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. Without limiting the foregoing, the inspectors may consider all relevant circumstances, including extrinsic evidence, in order to determine whether or not there have been any over-votes, and if so, which portion, if any, of such over-votes may be properly counted. After any meeting, the inspectors shall file with the secretary of the meeting a certificate under their hands, certifying the result of any vote or election, and in the case of an election, the names of the directors elected.
     Section 2.10. Voting List . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for the shares of the corporation shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting or any adjournment thereof. Such list shall be arranged alphabetically within each class, series, or group of shareholders maintained by the corporation for convenience of reference, with the address of, and the number of shares held by, each shareholder; be produced (or available by means of a visual display) at the time and place of the meeting; be subject to the inspection of any shareholder for reasonable periods during the meeting; and be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or to vote at any meeting.

-4-


 

ARTICLE 3
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     Section 3.1. Number . The number of directors which shall constitute the entire board of directors shall not be less than one nor more than twenty-five in number. Within the foregoing limits, at any time or from time to time the board of directors shall fix the number of directors which shall constitute the entire board of directors.
     Section 3.2. Classification .
     (a) Effective as of the first annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation, the directors of the corporation shall be classified in respect to the time for which they shall severally hold office into three classes, each class consisting of such number of directors as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board of directors as possible.
     (b) At the first annual meeting of the shareholders, one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders, one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders, and one class of directors will be elected for an initial term to expire at the fourth annual meeting of shareholders. Each director so elected will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
     (c) At the second annual meeting of shareholders and at each annual meeting of shareholders thereafter, such number of directors as shall then constitute the class shall be elected to hold office for a term to expire at the third annul meeting of shareholders after their election and thereafter until their successors are elected and qualified, so that a number of directors as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible shall be elected annually.
     (d) In the event of an increase in the number of directors constituting the entire board, new directors shall be classified to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible. In the event of a decrease in the number of directors constituting the entire board, no term of any incumbent director may be shortened; however, at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders following such decrease in the number of directors, any incumbent director or director nominee may be elected for a term to expire at the first or second annul meeting of shareholders after their election, to the extent necessary to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal one-third (1/3) of the number of directors constituting the entire board as possible.
     Section 3.3. Nominations . Director nominees shall be selected by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors to which the board of directors has delegated the authority to make such selections. Director nominees may also be selected by shareholders, provided that nominations are made in accordance with, and accompanied by the information required by, Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.1(c). Only persons qualified to serve and duly

-5-


 

nominated for election to the board of directors in accordance with this Section 3.4, Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.1(c), and other qualified persons with respect to whose nominations proxies have been solicited pursuant to a proxy statement filed pursuant to the Exchange Act shall be eligible for election to the board of directors.
     Section 3.4. Qualifications . A person is not qualified to serve as a director if he or she (a) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty, breach of trust or money laundering; (b) is a person against whom a federal or state bank regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting the affairs of an insured depository institution, dishonesty, breach of trust, or money laundering, which order is final and not subject to appeal; (c) has been found, in a final and unappealable decision by any federal or state regulatory agency or by any court, to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit or (ii) committed a reckless or willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency; (d) is a member of a group (within the meaning of section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) which includes a member who would be disqualified from serving as a director of this corporation under subsection (a), (b) or (c), above; or (e) is a party (either directly or through an affiliate) to litigation or an administrative proceeding adverse to the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation, except (x) derivative litigation brought in the name of the corporation or any such subsidiary by such person in his or her capacity as a shareholder of the corporation or (y) litigation arising out of a proxy fight concerning the election of directors of the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation or otherwise involving control of the corporation or any such subsidiary. Each director of the corporation is obligated to inform the corporation immediately of the existence of any circumstance described in the preceding sentence which would disqualify such director. A director of the corporation who becomes disqualified under this Section 3.4 shall forthwith cease to serve as a director of the corporation without the necessity of action by the board to remove or suspend such director. In case of a director who becomes disqualified under clause (e) of the first sentence of this Section 3.4, the director may be considered for re-election to the Board after the conclusion of the litigation or administrative proceeding.
     Section 3.5. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, each director shall hold office until the third annual meeting after his or her election and thereafter until his successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.
     Section 3.6. Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors who shall have and may exercise all the powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.
     Section 3.7. Vacancies . Vacancies in the board of directors and newly-created directorships may be filled exclusively by vote of a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and shall not be filled by a vote of the

-6-


 

shareholders, unless there are no members of the board of directors remaining. Any member of the board of directors so chosen shall be a member of the same class of the board of directors as the person whose vacancy he or she fills, and shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
     Section 3.8. Resignation and Removal . Any director may resign at any time by delivering his resignation, orally or in writing, to the chairman of the board, if any, the president, or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. One or more or all the directors of a corporation may be removed for cause by the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.
     Section 3.9. Committees . The board of directors may, by vote of a majority of the whole board, (i) designate, change the membership of or terminate the existence of any committee or committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors; (ii) designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee; and (iii) determine the extent to which each such committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including the power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it and the power and authority to declare dividends or to authorize the issuance of stock; excepting, however, such powers which by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws they are prohibited from so delegating. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee and his alternate, if any, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, any committee may adopt a charter or make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the board or such charter or rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is provided by these bylaws for the conduct of business by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors upon request. Each committee of the Board shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.
     Section 3.10. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without call or notice at such places within or without the State of New Jersey and at such times as the board may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent directors. A regular meeting of the directors may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders.
     Section 3.11. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and at any place within or without the State of New Jersey designated in the notice of the meeting, when called by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, or by

-7-


 

one-third or more in number of the directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each director by the secretary or by the chairman of the board, if any, the president or any one of the directors calling the meeting.
     Section 3.12. Notice . It shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to a director to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours or by facsimile at least twenty-four hours before the meeting addressed to him at his usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice to him in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.
     Section 3.13. Quorum . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, at any meeting of the directors a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum; a quorum shall not in any case be less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole board. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.
     Section 3.14. Action by Vote . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, when a quorum is present at any meeting the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of the board of directors.
     Section 3.15. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the records of the meetings of the board or of such committee. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as the act of the board or of such committee, as the case may be.
     Section 3.16. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone . Members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by such board, may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other or by any other means permitted by law. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.17. Compensation . In the discretion of the board of directors, each director may be paid such fees for his services as director and be reimbursed for his reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of his duties as director as the board of directors from time to time may determine. Nothing contained in this Section 3.17 shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving reasonable compensation therefor.

-8-


 

     Section 3.18. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Voting securities in any other entity held by the corporation shall be voted by the chairman of the board, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.
ARTICLE 4
OFFICERS AND AGENTS
     Section 4.1. Enumeration; Qualification . The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a treasurer, a secretary and such other officers, if any, as the board of directors from time to time may in its discretion elect or appoint including without limitation one or more vice presidents and a controller. The corporation may also have such agents, if any, as the board of directors from time to time may in its discretion choose. Any officer may be but none need be a director or shareholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the board of directors to secure the faithful performance of his duties to the corporation by giving bond in such amount and with sureties or otherwise as the board of directors may determine.
     Section 4.2. Powers . Subject to law, to the certificate of incorporation and to the other provisions of these bylaws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.3. Election . The officers may be elected by the board of directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the shareholders or at any other time. At any time or from time to time the directors may delegate to any officer their power to elect or appoint any other officer or any agents.
     Section 4.4. Tenure . Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until his respective successor is chosen and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified by the terms of his election or appointment, or in each case until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each agent shall retain his authority at the pleasure of the directors, or the officer by whom he was appointed or by the officer who then holds agent appointive power.
     Section 4.5. President and Vice President . Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the president shall be the chief executive officer and shall have direct charge of all business operations of the corporation and, subject to the control of the directors, shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation.
     Any vice presidents shall have such duties and powers as shall be set forth in these bylaws or as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors or by the president.

-9-


 

     Section 4.6. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or by the president. If no controller is elected, the treasurer shall also have the duties and powers of the controller.
     Any assistant treasurers shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the president or the treasurer.
     Section 4.7. Controller and Assistant Controllers . If a controller is elected, he shall be the chief accounting officer of the corporation and shall be in charge of its books of account and accounting records, and of its accounting procedures. He shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the president or the treasurer.
     Any assistant controller shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the president, the treasurer or the controller.
     Section 4.8. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall record all proceedings of the shareholders, of the board of directors and of committees of the board of: directors in a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all actions by written consent of shareholders or directors. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting, an assistant secretary, or if there be none or he is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. Unless a transfer agent has been appointed the secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer records of the corporation, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all shareholders and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. He shall have such other duties and powers as may from time to time be designated by the board of directors or the president.
     Any assistant secretaries shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the president or the secretary.
     Section 4.9. Resignations And Removals . Any officer may resign at any time by delivering his resignation, orally or in writing, to the chairman of the board, if any, the president, or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. The board of directors may remove the president, and the board of directors or the president may remove any other officer, at any time, either with or without cause.
     Section 4.10. Vacancies . If the office of the president or the treasurer or the secretary becomes vacant, the directors may elect a successor by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. If the office of any other officer becomes vacant, any person or body empowered to elect or appoint that officer may choose a successor. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term, and in the case of the president, the treasurer and the secretary until his successor is chosen and qualified or in each case until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

-10-


 

ARTICLE 5
CAPITAL STOCK
     Section 5.1. Stock Certificates . Each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by him, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, be prescribed from time to time by the board of directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the chairman or vice chairman of the board, if any, or the president or a vice president and may be countersigned by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or by the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case an officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the time of its issue.
     Section 5.2. Loss of Certificates . In the case of the alleged theft, loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms, including receipt of a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim on account thereof, as the board of directors may prescribe.
ARTICLE 6
TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK
     Section 6.1. Transfer on Books . Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificate, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the board of directors or the transfer agent of the corporation may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote or to give any consent with respect thereto and to be held liable for such calls and assessments, if any, as may lawfully be made thereon, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been properly transferred on the books of the corporation.
     Section 6.2. Record Date and Closing Transfer Books . In order that the corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days (or such longer period as may be required by law) before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.

-11-


 

     If no record date is fixed:
     (a) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
     (b) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.
     (c) The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
     A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
ARTICLE 7
CORPORATE SEAL
     Section 7.1. Subject to alteration by the directors, the seal of the corporation, if any, shall consist of a flat-faced circular die with the word “New Jersey” and the name of the corporation cut or engraved thereon, together with such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
ARTICLE 8
EXECUTION OF PAPERS
     Section 8.1. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
ARTICLE 9
FISCAL YEAR
     Section 9.1. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors.
ARTICLE 10
INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 10.1. Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify any person (and the heirs, executors and

-12-


 

administrators thereof) who was or is made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, whether involving any actual or alleged breach of duty, neglect or error, any accountability, or any actual or alleged misstatement, misleading statement or other act or omission and whether brought or threatened in any court or administrative or legislative body or agency, including an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor and an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the corporation is serving or has served in any capacity at the request of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is serving or has served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred therein or in any appeal thereof.
     Section 10.2. Indemnification of Others . The corporation shall indemnify other persons and reimburse the expenses thereof, to the extent required by applicable law, and may indemnify any other person to whom the corporation is permitted to provide indemnification or the advancement of expenses, whether pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the New Jersey Business Corporation Act or otherwise.
     Section 10.3. Advances or Reimbursement of Expenses . The corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any person referred to in Section 10.1 the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 10.1, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount(s) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts or omissions (i) constitute a breach of his duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) were not in good faith, (iii) involved a knowing violation of law, (iv) resulted in his receiving an improper personal benefit, or (v) were otherwise of such a character that New Jersey law would require that such amount(s) be repaid.
     Section 10.4. Service of Certain Entities Deemed Requested . Any director or officer of the corporation serving (i) another corporation, of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the corporation, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the corporation or any corporation referred in clause (i), in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the corporation.
     Section 10.5. Interpretation . Any person entitled to be indemnified or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article 10 may elect to have the right to indemnification (or advancement of expense) interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time indemnification is sought.
     Section 10.6. Indemnification Right . The right to be indemnified or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Article 10 (i) is a contract right

-13-


 

pursuant to which the person entitled thereto may bring suit as if the provisions hereof were set forth in a separate written contract between the corporation and the director or officer, (ii) is intended to be retroactive and shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption hereof, (iii) shall continue to exist after any elimination of or amendment to this Article 10 with respect to events occurring prior thereto, and (iv) and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person claiming indemnification hereunder may be entitled.
     Section 10.7. Indemnification Claims . If a request to be indemnified or for the reimbursement or advancement of expenses pursuant hereto is not paid in full by the corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled also to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.
ARTICLE 11
AMENDMENTS
     Section 11.1. Except as provided in this Section 11.1, these bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by vote of a majority of the directors then in office or by vote of a majority of the stock outstanding and entitled to vote. Any bylaw, adopted, amended or repealed by the shareholders may be amended or reinstated by the shareholders or the directors unless the resolution of the shareholders adopting such bylaw prescribes in the bylaw that the bylaw made by them shall not be altered or repealed by the directors.

-14-

 

Exhibit 4.1
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS CUSIP TO COME
OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY
SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS CUSIP TO COME OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
is the owner of
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE, OF
BANCORP OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate, properly endorsed.
This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:
(CERTIFICATE)

 


 

     The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Corporation and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such request may be made to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent.
     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
                 
TEN COM
    as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT–                        Custodian                     
TEN ENT
    as tenants by the entireties           (Cust)                           (Minor)
JT TEN
    as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common       under Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act                     
               (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIALSECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIPIN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
(CERTIFICATE)

 

 

Exhibit 5.1
(PEPPER HAMILTON LLP LOGO)
301 Carnegie Center
Suite 400
Princeton, NJ 08543-5276
609.458.0808
Fax: 609.452.1147
March 6, 2007
Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Re:       Registration Statement on Form S-4
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as counsel to Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), on March 1, 2007. The Registration Statement relates to the issuance by the Company of up to an aggregate of 2,898,967 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value, (the “ Shares ”). This opinion is delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act.
          In rendering our opinion, we have examined (i) the Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, (ii) the Plan of Acquisition filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement, (iii) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, (iv) By-Laws as currently in effect, (v) certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to, among other things, the issuance of the Shares and (vi) such other documents as we in our judgment have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of rendering the opinion set forth herein.
          In our examination we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, facsimile or photostatic copies, the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein that were not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others.
          We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New Jersey and the federal laws of the United States of America, each as in effect on the date hereof.
                 
Philadelphia
  Washington, D.C.   Detroit   New York   Pittsburgh
 
Berwyn
  Harrisburg   Orange County   Princeton   Wilmington
www.pepperlaw.com

 


 

(PEPPER HAMILTON LLP LOGO)
          Based upon and subject to the forgoing, we are of the opinion that when the Company issues and delivers the Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Acquisition, the Shares the Company will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
          This opinion only relates to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters. This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any of these sources of law or subsequent legal or factual developments which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.
          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.
Very truly yours,
PEPPER HAMILTON LLP
PEPPER HAMILTON LLP

 

 

Exhibit 8.1
(PEPPER HAMILTON LLP LOGO)
3000 Two Logan Square
Eighteenth and Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2799
215.981.4000
Fax 215.981.4750
March 6, 2007
Bank of New Jersey
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Pursuant to the Plan of Acquisition, dated December 1, 2006 (the “Plan”), by and between Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (“Acquirer”), and Bank of New Jersey, a New Jersey commercial bank (“Target”), shares of stock in Target will be exchanged for shares of stock in Acquirer and Target will become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquirer in a reorganization under N.J.S.A. 17:9A-355 et. seq. (the “Reorganization”).
We have acted as legal counsel to Target in connection with the Reorganization and in that connection you have requested our opinion regarding certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization. As such, and for the purpose of rendering our opinion, we have examined and are relying, with your permission (without any independent investigation or review thereof other than such investigation and review as we have deemed necessary to comply with our professional obligations under IRS Circular 230 or otherwise), upon the truth and accuracy, at all relevant times, of the statements, covenants, representations and warranties contained in the following documents (the “Documents”):
1. The Plan;
2. The registration statement of Acquirer on Form S-4 to which this opinion is an exhibit filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Reorganization (the “Registration Statement”), and the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Registration Statement (the “Proxy/Prospectus”);
3. The representations made to us by Acquirer and Target in their letter to us dated the date hereof; and
4. Such other instruments and documents related to the formation, organization and operation of Acquirer and Target and to the consummation of the Reorganization as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of our opinion.
Philadelphia           Boston            Washington, D.C.           Detroit           New York           Pittsburgh
 
           Berwyn            Harrisburg            Orange County            Princeton            Wilmington
www.pepperlaw.com

 


 

(PEPPER HAMILTON LLP LOGO)
Bank of New Jersey
Page 2
March 6, 2007
For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed, with your permission and without independent investigation (other than such investigation as we have deemed necessary to comply with our professional obligations under IRS Circular 230 or otherwise), (i) that the Reorganization will be consummated in the manner contemplated by the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan without the waiver of any conditions to any party’s obligation to effect the Reorganization, (ii) that original documents (including signatures) are authentic, (iii) that documents submitted to us as copies conform to the original documents, (iv) that there has been (or will be by the effective date of the Reorganization) due execution and delivery of all documents where due execution and delivery are prerequisites to the effectiveness of those documents, (v) the accuracy of statements and representations contained in the Documents, (vi) that covenants and warranties set forth in the Documents will be complied with and (vii) that the Reorganization will be effective under applicable federal and state laws.
Furthermore, we have assumed, with your permission and without independent investigation (other than such investigation as we have deemed necessary to comply with our professional obligations under IRS Circular 230 or otherwise), that, as to all matters in which a person or entity making a representation has represented that such person or entity or a related party is not a party to, does not have, or is not aware of, any plan, intention, understanding or agreement to take action, there is in fact no plan, intention, understanding or agreement and such action will not be taken, and we have further assumed that any statement made “to the knowledge of” or otherwise similarly qualified is correct without such qualification.
Subject to the foregoing and any other assumptions, limitations and qualifications specified herein, it is our opinion that the statements made under the caption “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” in the Registration Statement, insofar as they constitute statements of law or legal conclusions concerning U.S. federal income tax law, are correct in all material respects.
Our opinion expressed herein is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative pronouncements and judicial authority, all as in effect as of the date hereof. It represents our best legal judgment as to the matters addressed herein but is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the courts. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service would agree with the opinion expressed herein or, if contested, the opinion would be sustained by a court. Furthermore, the authorities upon which we rely may be changed at any time, potentially with retroactive effect. No assurances can be given as to the effect of any such changes on the conclusions expressed in this opinion. We undertake no responsibility to advise you of any new developments in the application or interpretation of relevant federal tax laws. If any of the facts or assumptions pertinent to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Reorganization specified herein or any

 


 

(PEPPER HAMILTON LLP LOGO)
Bank of New Jersey
Page 3
March 6, 2007
of the statements, covenants, representations or warranties contained in the Documents are, or later become, inaccurate, such inaccuracy may adversely affect the conclusions expressed in this opinion. In addition, our opinion is limited to the tax matters specifically covered hereby, and we have not been asked to address, nor have we addressed, any other tax consequences of the Reorganization or any other transactions.
This opinion is being provided solely for the benefit of Target. No other person or party shall be entitled to rely on this opinion. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
Very truly yours,
Pepper Hamilton LLP
Pepper Hamilton LLP

 

 

EX-10.1
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made on this 23rd day of June, 2006, by and between The Bank of New Jersey (the “ Bank ”) and Albert F. Buzzetti (the “ Employee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Employee serves as an employee of the Bank; and
     WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to establish certain protections for the Employee in the event of Employee’s termination of employment under the circumstances described herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and intending to be bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
SECTION 1 Change of Control :
     1.1. Change in Control Definition : For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” means any of the following:
               (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Bank, a subsidiary of the Bank, an employee benefit plan of the Bank or a subsidiary of the Bank (including a related trust), becomes the beneficial owner (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Bank representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities, notwithstanding whether the Bank is otherwise subject to the terms of the Exchange Act;
               (b) the occurrence of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank to an entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Bank;
               (c) the occurrence of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Bank, unless (A) the shareholders of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction will initially own securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation, and (B) the directors of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction will initially represent a majority of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; or
               (d) any other event which is at any time irrevocably designated as “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors of the Bank.
     1.2. Termination : The Employee may terminate his employment upon a Change of Control of the Bank. The Employee, within ninety (90) days of a Change of Control as defined herein, may resign from employment by the Bank by a notice in writing (the “Notice of Termination”) delivered to the Bank. In such event, the Employee will be entitled to the payment described in this Agreement. The Employee shall not be entitled to any payment

 


 

described in this Agreement in the event the Employee is not employed by the Bank on the date of a Change of Control.
     1.3. Change of Control Payment : In the event that during the term of this Agreement the Employee resigns due to a Change of Control, by delivery of a Notice of Termination, the Employee will be entitled to an amount equal to 2.9 times the amount of the highest annual base salary paid to him during the year of termination or the immediately preceding two years, such amount to be paid to the Employee in one lump-sum payment within 30 days following the date of termination of employment.
     SECTION 2 Miscellaneous .
     2.1. No Liability of Officers and Directors for Severance Upon Insolvency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and intending to be bound by this provision, the Employee hereby (a) waives any right to claim payment of amounts owed to him or her, now or in the future, pursuant to this Agreement from directors or officers of the Bank if the Bank becomes insolvent, and (b) fully and forever releases and discharges the Bank’s officers and directors from any and all claims, demands, liens, actions, suits, causes of action or judgments arising out of any present or future claim for such amounts.
     2.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and Employee and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and/or permitted assigns; provided, however , that neither Employee nor the Bank may make any assignments of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that, without such consent, the Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of its assets and business by means of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, or otherwise.
     2.3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
     2.4. Enforcement . Any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be instituted in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, or if that court does not have or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey, and the Employee and the Bank hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of such court(s) and hereby waive any objection(s) that they may have to personal jurisdiction, the laying of venue of any such proceeding and any claim or defense of inconvenient forum.
     2.5. Waivers; Separability . The waiver by either party hereto of any right hereunder or any failure to perform or breach by the other party hereto shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or any other failure or breach by the other party hereto, whether of the same or a similar nature or otherwise. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each

-2-


 

such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
     2.6. Notices . All notices and communications that are required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or upon mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows:
     If to Employee:
Albert F. Buzzetti
15 Wagon Wheel Drive
New City, NY 10956
     If to the Bank:
The Bank of New Jersey
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Attention: Armand Leone
     With a copy to:
Pepper Hamilton LLP
300 Alexander Park
Princeton, NJ 08543-5276
Attention: Dennis R. Casale, Esq.
or to such other address as either party may from time to time duly specify by notice given to the other party in the manner specified above.
     2.7. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the provision of severance benefits upon termination in connection with a Change of Control, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to that subject.
     2.8. Withholding . The Bank will withhold from any payments due to Employee hereunder, all taxes, FICA or other amounts required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law.

-3-


 

     2.9. Headings Descriptive . The headings of sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     2.10. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
     2.11. No Duty to Mitigate . Employee shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payments provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will any payment or benefit hereunder be subject to offset or reduction in the event Employee does mitigate.
[ signature page follows ]

-4-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
         
 
  THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
       
 
  Armand Leone, Jr.
     
 
  By:    Armand Leone, Jr.    
 
  Title: Vice Chairman    
 
       
 
  EMPLOYEE    
 
       
 
  Albert F. Buzzetti    
     
 
  Albert F. Buzzetti    

-5-

 

EX-10.2
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made on this 23rd day of June, 2006, by and between The Bank of New Jersey (the “ Bank ”) and Leo J. Faresich (the “ Employee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Employee serves as an employee of the Bank; and
     WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to establish certain protections for the Employee in the event of Employee’s termination of employment under the circumstances described herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and intending to be bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
SECTION 1 Change of Control :
     1.1. Change in Control Definition : For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” means any of the following:
               (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Bank, a subsidiary of the Bank, an employee benefit plan of the Bank or a subsidiary of the Bank (including a related trust), becomes the beneficial owner (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Bank representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities, notwithstanding whether the Bank is otherwise subject to the terms of the Exchange Act;
               (b) the occurrence of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank to an entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Bank;
               (c) the occurrence of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Bank, unless (A) the shareholders of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction will initially own securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation, and (B) the directors of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction will initially represent a majority of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; or
               (d) any other event which is at any time irrevocably designated as “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors of the Bank.
     1.2. Termination : The Employee may terminate his employment upon a Change of Control of the Bank. The Employee, within ninety (90) days of a Change of Control as defined herein, may resign from employment by the Bank by a notice in writing (the “Notice of Termination”) delivered to the Bank. In such event, the Employee will be entitled to the payment described in this Agreement. The Employee shall not be entitled to any payment

 


 

described in this Agreement in the event the Employee is not employed by the Bank on the date of a Change of Control.
     1.3. Change of Control Payment : In the event that during the term of this Agreement the Employee resigns due to a Change of Control, by delivery of a Notice of Termination, the Employee will be entitled to an amount equal to 2.9 times the amount of the highest annual base salary paid to him during the year of termination or the immediately preceding two years, such amount to be paid to the Employee in one lump-sum payment within 30 days following the date of termination of employment.
SECTION 2 Miscellaneous .
     2.1. No Liability of Officers and Directors for Severance Upon Insolvency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and intending to be bound by this provision, the Employee hereby (a) waives any right to claim payment of amounts owed to him or her, now or in the future, pursuant to this Agreement from directors or officers of the Bank if the Bank becomes insolvent, and (b) fully and forever releases and discharges the Bank’s officers and directors from any and all claims, demands, liens, actions, suits, causes of action or judgments arising out of any present or future claim for such amounts.
     2.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and Employee and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and/or permitted assigns; provided, however , that neither Employee nor the Bank may make any assignments of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that, without such consent, the Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of its assets and business by means of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, or otherwise.
     2.3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
     2.4. Enforcement . Any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be instituted in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, or if that court does not have or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey, and the Employee and the Bank hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of such court(s) and hereby waive any objection(s) that they may have to personal jurisdiction, the laying of venue of any such proceeding and any claim or defense of inconvenient forum.
     2.5. Waivers; Separability . The waiver by either party hereto of any right hereunder or any failure to perform or breach by the other party hereto shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or any other failure or breach by the other party hereto, whether of the same or a similar nature or otherwise. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each

-2-


 

such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
     2.6. Notices . All notices and communications that are required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or upon mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows:
     If to Employee:
Leo J. Faresich
1530 Palisade Avenue, Apt. 23C
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
     If to the Bank:
The Bank of New Jersey
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Attention: Armand Leone
     With a copy to:
Pepper Hamilton LLP
300 Alexander Park
Princeton, NJ 08543-5276
Attention: Dennis R. Casale, Esq.
or to such other address as either party may from time to time duly specify by notice given to the other party in the manner specified above.
     2.7. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the provision of severance benefits upon termination in connection with a Change of Control, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to that subject.
     2.8. Withholding . The Bank will withhold from any payments due to Employee hereunder, all taxes, FICA or other amounts required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law.

-3-


 

     2.9. Headings Descriptive . The headings of sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     2.10. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
     2.11. No Duty to Mitigate . Employee shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payments provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will any payment or benefit hereunder be subject to offset or reduction in the event Employee does mitigate.
[ signature page follows ]

-4-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
         
 
       
 
  THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
       
 
  Albert F. Buzzetti
     
 
  By:    Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
  Title: President and CEO    
 
       
 
  EMPLOYEE    
 
       
 
  Leo J. Faresich    
     
 
  Leo J. Faresich    

-5-

 

EX-10.3
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made on this 23rd day of June, 2006, by and between The Bank of New Jersey (the “ Bank ”) and Michael Lesler (the “ Employee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Employee serves as an employee of the Bank; and
     WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to establish certain protections for the Employee in the event of Employee’s termination of employment under the circumstances described herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and intending to be bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
SECTION 1 Change of Control :
     1.1. Change in Control Definition : For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” means any of the following:
               (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Bank, a subsidiary of the Bank, an employee benefit plan of the Bank or a subsidiary of the Bank (including a related trust), becomes the beneficial owner (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Bank representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities, notwithstanding whether the Bank is otherwise subject to the terms of the Exchange Act;
               (b) the occurrence of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank to an entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Bank;
               (c) the occurrence of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Bank, unless (A) the shareholders of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction will initially own securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation, and (B) the directors of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction will initially represent a majority of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; or
               (d) any other event which is at any time irrevocably designated as “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors of the Bank.
     1.2. Termination : The Employee may terminate his employment upon a Change of Control of the Bank. The Employee, within ninety (90) days of a Change of Control as defined herein, may resign from employment by the Bank by a notice in writing (the “Notice of Termination”) delivered to the Bank. In such event, the Employee will be entitled to the payment described in this Agreement. The Employee shall not be entitled to any payment

 


 

described in this Agreement in the event the Employee is not employed by the Bank on the date of a Change of Control.
     1.3. Change of Control Payment : In the event that during the term of this Agreement the Employee resigns due to a Change of Control, by delivery of a Notice of Termination, the Employee will be entitled to an amount equal to 2.9 times the amount of the highest annual base salary paid to him during the year of termination or the immediately preceding two years, such amount to be paid to the Employee in one lump-sum payment within 30 days following the date of termination of employment.
SECTION 2 Miscellaneous .
     2.1. No Liability of Officers and Directors for Severance Upon Insolvency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and intending to be bound by this provision, the Employee hereby (a) waives any right to claim payment of amounts owed to him or her, now or in the future, pursuant to this Agreement from directors or officers of the Bank if the Bank becomes insolvent, and (b) fully and forever releases and discharges the Bank’s officers and directors from any and all claims, demands, liens, actions, suits, causes of action or judgments arising out of any present or future claim for such amounts.
     2.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and Employee and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and/or permitted assigns; provided, however , that neither Employee nor the Bank may make any assignments of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that, without such consent, the Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of its assets and business by means of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, or otherwise.
     2.3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
     2.4. Enforcement . Any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be instituted in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, or if that court does not have or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey, and the Employee and the Bank hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of such court(s) and hereby waive any objection(s) that they may have to personal jurisdiction, the laying of venue of any such proceeding and any claim or defense of inconvenient forum.
     2.5. Waivers; Separability . The waiver by either party hereto of any right hereunder or any failure to perform or breach by the other party hereto shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or any other failure or breach by the other party hereto, whether of the same or a similar nature or otherwise. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each

-2-


 

such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
     2.6. Notices . All notices and communications that are required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or upon mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows:
     If to Employee:
Michael Lesler
28 Vincent Drive
Clifton, NJ 07013
     If to the Bank:
The Bank of New Jersey
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Attention: Armand Leone
     With a copy to:
Pepper Hamilton LLP
300 Alexander Park
Princeton, NJ 08543-5276
Attention: Dennis R. Casale, Esq.
or to such other address as either party may from time to time duly specify by notice given to the other party in the manner specified above.
     2.7. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the provision of severance benefits upon termination in connection with a Change of Control, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to that subject.
     2.8. Withholding . The Bank will withhold from any payments due to Employee hereunder, all taxes, FICA or other amounts required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law.

-3-


 

     2.9. Headings Descriptive . The headings of sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     2.10. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
     2.11. No Duty to Mitigate . Employee shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payments provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will any payment or benefit hereunder be subject to offset or reduction in the event Employee does mitigate.
[ signature page follows ]

-4-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
         
 
       
 
  THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
       
 
  Albert F. Buzzetti
     
 
  By:    Albert F. Buzzetti    
 
  Title: President and CEO    
 
       
 
  EMPLOYEE    
 
       
 
  Michael Lesler    
     
 
  Michael Lesler    

-5-

 

EX-10.4
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
          THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made on this 23rd day of June, 2006, by and between The Bank of New Jersey (the “ Bank ”) and Diane Spinner (the “ Employee ”).
          WHEREAS, the Employee serves as an employee of the Bank; and
          WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to establish certain protections for the Employee in the event of Employee’s termination of employment under the circumstances described herein.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and intending to be bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
SECTION 1 Change of Control :
          1.1. Change in Control Definition : For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” means any of the following:
               (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), other than the Bank, a subsidiary of the Bank, an employee benefit plan of the Bank or a subsidiary of the Bank (including a related trust), becomes the beneficial owner (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Bank representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities, notwithstanding whether the Bank is otherwise subject to the terms of the Exchange Act;
               (b) the occurrence of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank to an entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Bank;
               (c) the occurrence of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Bank, unless (A) the shareholders of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction will initially own securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation, and (B) the directors of the Bank immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction will initially represent a majority of the directors of the surviving or resulting corporation; or
               (d) any other event which is at any time irrevocably designated as “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors of the Bank.
          1.2. Termination : The Employee may terminate his employment upon a Change of Control of the Bank. The Employee, within ninety (90) days of a Change of Control as defined herein, may resign from employment by the Bank by a notice in writing (the “Notice of Termination”) delivered to the Bank. In such event, the Employee will be entitled to the payment described in this Agreement. The Employee shall not be entitled to any payment

 


 

described in this Agreement in the event the Employee is not employed by the Bank on the date of a Change of Control.
          1.3. Change of Control Payment : In the event that during the term of this Agreement the Employee resigns due to a Change of Control, by delivery of a Notice of Termination, the Employee will be entitled to an amount equal to 2.9 times the amount of the highest annual base salary paid to him during the year of termination or the immediately preceding two years, such amount to be paid to the Employee in one lump-sum payment within 30 days following the date of termination of employment.
SECTION 2 Miscellaneous .
          2.1. No Liability of Officers and Directors for Severance Upon Insolvency . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement and intending to be bound by this provision, the Employee hereby (a) waives any right to claim payment of amounts owed to him or her, now or in the future, pursuant to this Agreement from directors or officers of the Bank if the Bank becomes insolvent, and (b) fully and forever releases and discharges the Bank’s officers and directors from any and all claims, demands, liens, actions, suits, causes of action or judgments arising out of any present or future claim for such amounts.
          2.2. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and Employee and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and/or permitted assigns; provided, however , that neither Employee nor the Bank may make any assignments of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party, except that, without such consent, the Bank may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of its assets and business by means of liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, transfer of assets, or otherwise.
          2.3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
          2.4. Enforcement . Any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be instituted in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, or if that court does not have or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in the State of New Jersey, and the Employee and the Bank hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of such court(s) and hereby waive any objection(s) that they may have to personal jurisdiction, the laying of venue of any such proceeding and any claim or defense of inconvenient forum.
          2.5. Waivers; Separability . The waiver by either party hereto of any right hereunder or any failure to perform or breach by the other party hereto shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or any other failure or breach by the other party hereto, whether of the same or a similar nature or otherwise. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each

-2-


 

such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
          2.6. Notices . All notices and communications that are required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or upon mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows:
          If to Employee:
Diane Spinner
15 Wagon Wheel Drive
New City, NY 10956
          If to the Bank:
The Bank of New Jersey
204 Main Street
Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Attention: Armand Leone
          With a copy to:
Pepper Hamilton LLP
300 Alexander Park
Princeton, NJ 08543-5276
Attention: Dennis R. Casale, Esq.
or to such other address as either party may from time to time duly specify by notice given to the other party in the manner specified above.
          2.7. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the provision of severance benefits upon termination in connection with a Change of Control, and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings of every nature relating to that subject.
          2.8. Withholding . The Bank will withhold from any payments due to Employee hereunder, all taxes, FICA or other amounts required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law.

-3-


 

          2.9. Headings Descriptive . The headings of sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
          2.10. Counterparts and Facsimiles . This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
          2.11. No Duty to Mitigate . Employee shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payments provided for under this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will any payment or benefit hereunder be subject to offset or reduction in the event Employee does mitigate.
[ signature page follows ]

-4-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.
         
 
  THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
       
 
  Armand Leone, Jr.
     
 
  By:    Armand Leone, Jr.    
 
  Title: Vice Chairman    
 
       
 
  EMPLOYEE    
 
       
 
  Diane Spinner    
 
 
 
Diane Spinner
   

-5-

 

EX-10.5
2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN
I. Purpose; Definitions . The purposes of the Bank of New Jersey 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to enable the Bank of New Jersey (the “ Company ”) and its affiliated companies to recruit and retain highly qualified personnel, to provide those personnel with an incentive for productivity, and to provide those personnel with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Company.
          For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the meanings defined below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:
     A. “ Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company (or its successors).
     B. “ Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Option, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Option.
     C. “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time; provided, however , that if the Board appoints a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder, references in the Plan to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to that Committee in connection with matters to be performed by that Committee.
     D. “ Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Company or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or adversely affects the Company’s or its Affiliates’ operations or financial performance, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of employment; (iii) alcohol abuse or use of controlled drugs other than in accordance with a physician’s prescription; or (iv) a material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Company (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.
     E. “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following, in one transaction or a series of related transactions: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becoming a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; (ii) a consolidation, share exchange, reorganization or merger of the Company resulting in the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such event not owning at least a majority of the voting power of the resulting entity’s securities outstanding immediately following such event; (iii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (v) any similar event deemed by the Board to constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan.
     F. “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 


 

     G. “ Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section II of the Plan.
     H. “ Director ” means a member of the Board.
     I. “ Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled.
     J. “ Disabled ” will have the same meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
     K. “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     L. “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date: (i) if the Shares are not then publicly traded, the value of such Shares on that date, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion; or (ii) if the Shares are publicly traded, the closing price for a Share on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the closing sale price of a Share or, if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who make a market in the Shares selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
     M. “ Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
     N. “ Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, however , that the Board or the Committee may, to the extent that it deems necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, require that each “Non-Employee Director” also be an “outside director” as that term is defined in regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code.
     O. “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
     P. “ Option ” means any option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section V hereof.
     Q. “ Parent ” means, in respect of the Company, a “parent corporation” as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code
     R. “ Participant ” means an employee, consultant, Director, or other service provider of or to the Company or any of its respective Affiliates to whom an Option is granted.
     S. “ Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.
     T. “ Shares ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $10.00, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section III.C hereof.

-2-


 

     U. “ Subsidiary ” means, in respect of the Company, a subsidiary company, as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.
II. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board; provided, however , that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder; and provided further , that the authority of any Committee appointed pursuant to this Section II will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe and will be coextensive with, and not in lieu of, the authority of the Board hereunder.
          Subject to the requirements of the Company’s by-laws and certificate of incorporation any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, any Committee to which some or all of the Board’s administrative functions are delegated under this Section II will be composed of not fewer than two members, each of whom will serve for such period of time as the Board determines; provided, however , that if the Company has a class of securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all members of any such Committee will be Non-Employee Directors. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereto, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.
          The Board will have full authority to grant Options under this Plan and determine the terms of such Options. Such authority will include the right to:
     A. select the persons to whom Options may from time to time be granted hereunder (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in Section IV );
     B. determine the type of Options to be granted to any person hereunder;
     C. determine the number of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Option;
     D. establish the other terms and conditions of each Option issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement);
     E. adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable;
     F. interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Option issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement);
     G. correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan; and
     H. otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
          All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Participants. No Director will be liable for any good faith determination, act or omission in connection with the Plan or any Award.

-3-


 

III. Shares Subject to the Plan .
     A.  Shares Subject to the Plan . The Shares to be subject to or related to Options under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Company. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options under the Plan is 109,083 all of which may be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options and not more than 109,083 of which may be issued in respect of Non-Qualified Stock Options. The Company will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares.
     B.  Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Options . If and to the extent that an Option expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option will again become available for grant under the Plan. In addition, if any Share is tendered or the delivery of any Share is withheld in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Option or in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, that Share will again become available for grant under the Plan.
     C.  Other Adjustments . In the event of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, stock split or combination, stock dividend or other similar event or transaction affecting the Shares, the Board will make such equitable substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion; (i) to the aggregate number, class and/or issuer of securities reserved for issuance under the Plan; (ii) to the number, class and/or issuer of securities subject to outstanding Options; and (iii) to the exercise price of outstanding Options, which shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.
     D.  Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control:
          1. cause any or all outstanding Options to become vested and/or immediately exercisable, in whole or in part;
          2. cancel any Option in exchange for a substitute option in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option);
          3. cause any outstanding Option to become fully vested and immediately exercisable for a reasonable period in advance of the Change in Control and, to the extent not exercised prior to that Change in Control, cancel that Option upon closing of the Change in Control; or
          4. cancel any Option in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefore.

-4-


 

     In the discretion of the Board, any cash or substitute consideration payable upon cancellation or redemption of an Option may be subjected to vesting terms substantially identical to those that applied to the cancelled or redeemed Option prior to the Change in Control.
IV. Eligibility . Employees, Directors, consultants, and other individuals who provide services to the Company or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Options under the Plan; provided, however , that only employees of the Company, its Parent or a Subsidiary are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.
V. Options . Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant approve. The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:
     A.  Option Price . The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option will be determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion and will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, its Parent or a Subsidiary will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant.
     B.  Option Term . The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, but no Incentive Stock Option will be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted. However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, its Parent or of a Subsidiary may not have a term of more than five years. No Option may be exercised by any person after expiration of the term of the Option.
     C.  Exercisability . Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board.
     D.  Method of Exercise . Subject to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, the exercisability provisions of Section V.C and the cessation of employment provisions of Section VI , Options may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time during their term by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by certified or bank check or such other means as the Board may accept. As determined by the Board in its sole discretion on or after the date of grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised; provided, however , that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of previously acquired Shares may be authorized only at the time the Option is granted.
     No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made. A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, if requested, has given the

-5-


 

representation described in Section VIII.A hereof and fulfills such other conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
     E.  Incentive Stock Option Limitations . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order granted. To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     F.  Cessation of Service . Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section VI with respect to exercise upon or following cessation of employment or other service.
     G.  Transferability of Options . Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option: (i) no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and (ii) during the Participant’s lifetime, an Option will be exercisable only by the Participant (or, in the event of the Participant’s Disability, by his or her personal representative).
VI. Cessation of Service . Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Option in the applicable Award Agreement, Options granted hereunder will remain exercisable after cessation of service only to the extent specified in this Section VI .
     A.  Cessation of by Reason of Death . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate ceases by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of death, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.
     B.  Cessation by Reason of Disability . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after the time of grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.
     C.  Termination for Cause . If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option not already exercised will be immediately and automatically forfeited as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for which the Company has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited and the Company will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any.

-6-


 

     D.  Other Cessations . If a Participant’s service with the Company and its Affiliates ceases for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant, or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 90 days from the date of cessation of service (irrespective of the manner or timing of the cessation and without regards to whether there has been reasonable notice of cessation), or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.
VII. Amendments and Termination . The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which, without the approval of such amendment within twelve (12) months of its adoption by the Board, by the Company’s stockholders in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.422-3 (or any successor provision), would: (i) increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan (except as otherwise provided in Section III), or (ii) change the persons or class of persons eligible to receive Options.
VIII. General Provisions .
     A. The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Company for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate. The Award Agreement evidencing any Option and securities issued pursuant thereto may include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with applicable securities laws.
     B. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any applicable securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
     C. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will: (i) confer upon any employee of the Company or an Affiliate any right to continued employment or engagement with the Company or such Affiliate, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or such Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.
     D. No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Option under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Company will have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligation with respect to an Option may be settled in Shares, including the Shares that are subject to that Option.

-7-


 

IX. Effective Date of Plan . The Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board.
X. Term of Plan . The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section VII ; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the date the Plan becomes effective (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that (i) increases the number of shares subject to the Plan or (ii) extends the period which Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder, the 10 th anniversary of the effective date of such increase or extension).
XI. Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.
XII. Governing Law . The Plan and all Options granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
XIII. Board Action . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Company or other persons required by:
     A. the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);
     B. the Company’s Bylaws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and
     C. any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Company and its stockholders or other persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).
XIV. Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed, if to the Company to its principal executive office to the attention of its [Chief Financial Officer] (or such other person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time), and, if to a Participant, to the address contained in the Company’s personnel records, or to such other address as that Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Company. Any such notice shall be deemed given or delivered three days after the date of mailing.

-8-

 

Exhibit 10.6
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
BANK OF NEW JERSEY 2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN
          THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made between THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY (the “ Company ”) and [                      ] (the “ Optionee ”).
          WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Bank of New Jersey 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of the key employees, directors and advisors of the Company and its Affiliates; and
          WHEREAS, the Plan permits the award of an Stock Options to purchase Shares, subject to the terms of the Plan; and
          WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant the Optionee Stock Options under the Plan to further align the Optionee’s personal financial interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the agreements set forth herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
           1. Award of Option. This Agreement evidences the grant to the Optionee of an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase [                      ] ( [                      ] ) Shares (the “ Option Shares ”). The Option is subject to the terms set forth herein, and in all respects is subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan applicable to Stock Options, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise specified herein or unless the context herein requires otherwise, the terms defined in the Plan will have the same meanings herein.
           2. Nature of the Option. Subject to the limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, the Option [is] [is not] intended to be an incentive stock option as described by Section 422 of the Code.
           3. Date of Grant; Term of Option. The Option was granted on [                      ] , 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”) and may not be exercised later than the date that is ten (10) years after that date, subject to earlier termination in accordance with the Plan.
           4. Option Exercise Price. The per share exercise price of the Option is $ [                      ] ( the Exercise Price ”) , which is the Fair Market Value per Share on the Effective Date.
           5. Exercise of Option. The Option will become exercisable only in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:
                (a) Right to Exercise. Option Shares will become exercisable if the Optionee remains in continuous service to the Company through the applicable vesting date as follows: (1) the Option shall become exercisable with respect to [                      ] % of the Option Shares on [                                           ] , (2) an additional [                      ] % of the Option Shares will

 


 

become exercisable on [                                           ] , and (3) the remaining [                      ] % of the Option Shares will become exercisable on [                                           ] .
               Upon a termination of the Optionee’s service with the Company, the Option will be exercisable only to the extent specified in Section 6 of the Plan. Solely for purposes of this Option, service with the Company will be deemed to include service with an Affiliate of the Company for so long as that entity remains an Affiliate of the Company.
                (b) Method of Exercise. The Optionee may exercise the Option by providing written notice to the Company stating the election to exercise the Option. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company or such other person as may be designated by the Company, and shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price and an amount equal to any required tax withholding. Payment of the Exercise Price will be made in cash or such other form as may be accepted by the Board in accordance with the Plan.
                (c) Share Legends . Any certificate evidencing an Option Share will contain such legends as may be required or appropriate under any applicable stockholder agreement or stock purchase agreement, in addition to any other legend that may be required or appropriate under applicable law, the Plan or otherwise.
                (d) Partial Exercise. The Option may be exercised in whole or in part; provided, however , that any exercise may apply only with respect to a whole number of Option Shares.
                (e) Restrictions on Exercise. The Option may not be exercised, and any purported exercise will be void, if the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws or other laws or regulations.
           6. Investment Representations. The Optionee represents and warrants to the Company that:
                (a)  he or she is acquiring the Option (and upon exercise of the Option, will be acquiring the Option Shares) for investment for his or her own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof; and
                (b)  he or she has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company or one of its directors, officers or controlling persons and by reason of his or her business or financial experience, has, and could be reasonably assumed to have, the capacity to protect his or her interests in connection with the acquisition of this Option and the Option Shares.
     In addition, as a further condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to make any representation or warranty to the Company as may be required by or advisable under any applicable law or regulation.
           7. Non-Transferability of Option. The Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed of in any manner either voluntarily or

-2-


 

involuntarily by operation of law, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. During the Optionee’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Optionee. Subject to the foregoing and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Option will be binding upon the executors, administrators and heirs of the Optionee.
           8. Restrictions on Transfer of Option Shares.
                (a)  Prior to the first sale of Shares in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the Optionee may not sell, assign, transfer, give, bequeath, devise, donate or otherwise dispose of, or pledge, deposit or otherwise encumber, in any way or manner whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, any legal or beneficial interest in any of the Option Shares, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
                (b)  If the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Section 8(a) will not apply to transfers by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s estate) to Optionee’s spouse, parents, siblings, children, nieces, nephews or grandchildren.
           9. Tax Consequences . The Optionee has reviewed with the Optionee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Option. The Optionee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents or affiliates. The Optionee understands that he or she (and not the Company) will be responsible for his or her own tax liabilities arising in connection with this award or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
           10. No Continuation of Service. Neither the Plan nor this Option will confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the service of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or limit in any respect the right of the Company or its Affiliates to discharge the Optionee at any time, with or without Cause and with or without notice.
           11. The Plan. The Optionee has received a copy of the Plan (a copy of which is attached hereto), has read the Plan and is familiar with its terms, and hereby accepts the Option subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, as amended from time to time. Pursuant to the Plan, the Board is authorized to interpret the Plan and to adopt rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan as it deems appropriate. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board with respect to questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement.
           12. Call upon Cessation of Service.
                (a) If the Optionee’s service with the Company ceases for any reason, the Company or its assignee may repurchase up to all of the Option Shares that the Optionee (and/or his estate, heirs or permitted transferees) then holds (or thereafter acquires). The price payable by the Company or its assignee to repurchase Shares pursuant to this Section 12(a) will be the Fair Market Value of those Shares at the time the right described in this Section 12 is exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the cessation of the Optionee’s service is due to a termination by the Company for Cause, the price payable by the Company or its assignee to repurchase Shares pursuant to this Section 12(a) will be lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of

-3-


 

those Shares at the time the right described in this Section 12 is exercised, or (ii) the price paid by the Optionee (and/or his estate or heirs) to acquire such Shares.
                (b)  With respect to each share subject to repurchase pursuant to this Section 12, the Company (or its assignee) may exercise its repurchase right by delivery of written notice to the holder of such share at any time during the [180]-day period beginning on the later of (i) the date the Optionee’s employment or engagement with the Company ceases, or (ii) six months following the date the Option was exercised with respect to that Option Share. All the rights of the holder of any such shares, other than the right to receive payment in the manner described in Section 12(a) or (b), will terminate as of the date of delivery by the Company of the written notice described in this paragraph. The only representations, warranties or covenants which the holder of such shares will be required to make in connection with a sale pursuant to Section 12(a) or (b) are with respect to his or her ownership of the shares, his or her ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, claims or encumbrances, and the due execution, validity and binding nature of the sale documentation.
                (c)  If a holder of shares becomes obligated to transfer those shares to the Company or its assignee pursuant to this Agreement, that holder will endorse in blank the certificates evidencing the shares to be sold and deliver those certificates to the Company or its assignee within 15 days of receipt of the notice described above in Section 12(c). If a holder of shares fails to deliver those shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company or its assignee may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, either (i) send to that holder the purchase price for such shares, as specified in Section 12(a) or (b), or (ii) deposit such amount with a trustee or escrow agent for the benefit of that holder for release upon delivery of shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Thereupon, the Company or its assignee, upon written notice to the holder, will (x) cancel on its books the certificate or certificates representing the shares required to be transferred, and (y) issue, in lieu thereof, in the name of the Company (or its assignee) a new certificate or certificates representing such shares.
                (d)  Any repurchase price payable under this Section 12 may be paid (i) in cash; (ii) by offset of any obligation of the Optionee to the Company or its Affiliates; or (iii) to the extent that payment in cash would give rise to an “event of default” under the Company’s principal credit agreement then in effect, by delivery of a promissory note with interest accruing at the “prime rate” published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of issuance, which interest will be payable annually in arrears through maturity. Such note will mature and be payable five years from the date of issuance or, if earlier, when such payment would not give rise to an “event of default” under the Company’s principal credit agreement then in effect.
           13. Market Stand Off . The Optionee agrees that, in connection with any public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time before or after the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters.
           14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Plan, and other exhibits attached thereto or hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, understandings or any agreements of any nature, written or otherwise, relating to the subject matter hereof.

-4-


 

           15. Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws.
           16. Execution. This Agreement may be executed, including execution by facsimile signature, in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
[ This space intentionally left blank; signature page follows. ]

-5-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the parties on the                      day of                      , 2006.
         
 
  THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY    
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
  By:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
  [PARTICIPANT]    
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
  Signature    
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
  Address    
 
       
 
 
 
   
THIS OPTION AND THE SECURITIES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN ACQUIRED WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF, BY GIFT OR OTHERWISE, OR IN ANY WAY ENCUMBERED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR A SATISFACTORY OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE BANK OF NEW JERSEY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
THE SHARES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, EXCHANGED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PLAN, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT REQUIRED HEREBY.
[Signature Page to Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
2006 ANNUAL REPORT
TO STOCKHOLDERS

 


 

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS AND FRIENDS:
Our first seven months of operation have been extraordinary. We attribute this success to the many recommendations from our shareholders, directors and employees and to the strong and experienced staff which the bank was built around.
We have a lot to be proud of:
    The Bank’s initial capital of $43.6 million was the highest raised by any start-up bank in the history of the state of New Jersey
 
    The Bank closed the year with $106.0 million in total assets, $61.9 million in total deposits and $80.6 million in total loans, and has no classified or non-performing loans
 
    We have posted a monthly profit in every month since August, 2006 even after putting aside $866 thousand in loan loss reserve
 
    Our new main office at 1365 Palisade Avenue and branch at 458 West Street, both in Fort Lee, are well into construction and are likely to be ready to open in late second quarter, 2007
 
    We have applied for a fourth location at: 401 Hackensack Avenue, Hackensack, NJ, in the Continental Plaza complex which we expect to open in early second quarter, 2007
 
    Our risk-based capital ratios are among the highest in the country, providing a safety cushion for our depositors and for future year’s growth
 
    In January, 2007 the Bank issued a 10% stock distribution to shareholders of record date January 2, 2007
We have followed what we believe to be a conservative lending and investment policy and will continue to capitalize on the many safe and profitable opportunities for loans to individuals and small businesses in Bergen and Hudson counties.
Our goals in 2007 are to recapture the remaining start up costs, and continue to grow deposits and loans through our three new branches. We have formed a bank holding company: Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc. and will bring this to the shareholders for approval along with this annual report.
With all this activity we hope to continue to focus on our tag line: “It’s All About Relationships” and to never lose sight of our customers.
We wish you and your families a healthy, happy and successful 2007.
Albert F. Buzzetti
President & CEO

 


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
2006 ANNUAL REPORT
TO STOCKHOLDERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements
    1  
Description of Business
    1  
Description of Property
    8  
Legal Proceedings
    8  
Market Price and Dividends on Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters
    8  
Selected Financial Data
    10  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    11  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
    29  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
    29  
Financial Statements
    30  
Directors and Executive Officers
    55  

 


 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains “forward looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which involve risks and uncertainties. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence, strategies, and expectations about new and existing programs, products, relationships, opportunities, technologies, and market conditions. These statements may be identified by the use of such words as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “may,” “potential,” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Examples of forward looking statements include, but are not limited to, estimates with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, and business of Bank of New Jersey, that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates. These factors include: changes in general, economic and market conditions, both in the Bank’s trade area and nationally, legislative and regulatory conditions, or the development of an interest rate environment which adversely affects Bank of New Jersey’s interest rate margin or other income anticipated from operations and investments, changes in monetary policy, the continued viability of the Bank’s customers and a variety of other matters, most, if not at all of which, are beyond the Bank’s control. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which only reflect management’s analysis as of the date of this annual report. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements or to make any public announcement when we consider forward-looking statements in this annual report to no longer be accurate, whether as a result of new information or future events.
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
General
Bank of New Jersey, sometimes referred to as “we” or the “Bank,” is a New Jersey state-chartered bank, which currently operates from one office located at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, NJ, 07024. We have also received approval from the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, referred to as the “Department,” to open two additional locations. These offices will be located at 1365 Palisade Avenue, Fort Lee, NJ and 458 West Street, Fort Lee, NJ. An application is currently pending with the Department for a fourth office to be located at 401 Hackensack Avenue, Hackensack, NJ. All current and proposed branches are in Bergen County, NJ.
We are subject to the supervision and regulation of the Department, as well as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or “FDIC.” The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. The principal office of the Bank is located at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, NJ, 07024 and the telephone number is (201) 944-8600.
Business of the Bank
We conduct a traditional commercial banking business, accepting deposits from the general public, including individuals, businesses, non-profit organizations, and governmental units. We make commercial loans, consumer loans, and both residential and commercial real estate loans. In addition, we provide other customer services and make investments in securities, as permitted by law. We have sought to offer an alternative, community-oriented style of banking in an area, which is presently dominated by larger, statewide and national institutions. Our goal is to establish and retain customer relationships by offering a broad range of traditional financial services and products, competitively-priced and delivered in a responsive manner to small businesses, professionals and individuals in the local market. As a locally owned and operated community bank, we seek to provide superior customer service that is highly personalized, efficient and responsive to local needs. To better serve our customers and expand our market reach, we provide for the delivery of certain of our financial products and services to local

 


 

customers and to a broader market through the use of mail, telephone and internet banking. We strive to deliver these products and services with the care and professionalism expected of a community bank and with a special dedication to personalized customer service.
The specific objectives of the Bank are:
    to provide local businesses, professionals and individuals with banking services responsive to and determined by the local market;
 
    to attract deposits and loans by competitive pricing; and
 
    to provide a reasonable return to shareholders on capital invested.
Market Area
Our principal market for deposit gathering and lending activities lies within Bergen and Hudson Counties in New Jersey. Our market area is dominated by offices of large statewide and interstate banking institutions. Our service and timely response to customer needs is expected to fill a niche that has arisen due to a loss of local institutions. Additionally, our service area has a relatively large affluent base for our services and a diversified mix of commercial businesses and residential neighborhoods.
Extended Hours
We provide full-service banking from 7:00 am to 7:00 pm weekdays and 9:00 am to 1:00 pm on Saturday. We provide this convenience for our customers at our current location and expect to provide the same convenience at future locations.
Competition
We operate in a highly competitive environment competing for deposits and loans with commercial banks, thrifts, and other financial institutions, many of which have greater financial resources than we do. We compete with local, regional, and national commercial banks, savings banks, and savings and loan associations. Other competitors include money market mutual funds, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, stock brokerage firms, regulated small loan companies, credit unions, and issuers of commercial paper and other securities.
Our larger competitors will have greater name recognition and greater financial resources than we do to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns. Although we contemplate limited media advertising, the primary source of introduction to prospective customers remains in recommendations and referrals from members of our board of directors, our shareholders and our executive officers and from our staff business development. We seek to compete for business principally on the basis of high quality, personal service to customers, customer access to decision-makers, and competitive interest rates and fees.
We believe that opportunities continue to exist to satisfy the deposit and borrowing needs of small and middle market businesses. We expect to attract and retain these small and middle market business relationships by providing timely responses to this segment of the market.
Plan of Operation
During 2007, we will continue to work to recapture our net start-up and organizational expenses. In this effort, we will strive to grow our customer base, continue to attract deposits and loans, and maintain the monthly profitability that we have been able to achieve since

2


 

August, 2006. We believe we can continue to capitalize on the sound and profitable loan opportunities in our market as well as attract deposits by providing competitive deposit pricing. We believe this combination of effort and focus will assist us in providing and building shareholder value.
We will also continue to develop our branch network. We have received FDIC approval during 2007 for a location in Hackensack, New Jersey. This branch will increase our branch network to four locations. While we develop these branches, we will continue to evaluate additional strategic locations which will grow our branch network and provide more convenient access and availability to our customers.
We have formed a bank holding company, Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc. We believe that the holding company structure will maximize the Bank’s flexibility in undertaking its current and future operations. The Plan of Acquisition would permit the Bank to adopt a bank holding company structure, which requires shareholder and regulatory approval. Under this structure, the Bank would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a company formed solely for the purpose of becoming the holding company of the Bank, and the shareholders of the Bank would become shareholders of the holding company through a one-to-one exchange of their shares of common stock of the Bank for shares of common stock of the holding company.
Personnel
At December 31, 2006, we had sixteen full-time employees.
Supervision and Regulation
Banking is a complex and highly regulated industry. Banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. These laws and regulations are designed primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC, and not the Bank or its shareholders. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver, cease and desist orders and written agreements, the termination of insurance on deposits, the imposition of civil money penalties, and removal and prohibition orders. If any enforcement action is taken by a banking regulator, the value of an equity investment in the Bank could be substantially reduced or eliminated.
As a commercial bank organized under the banking laws of the State of New Jersey, and insured by the FDIC, we are subject to regulation by the Department and the FDIC. Various regulations, requirements, and restrictions under state and federal laws will affect our operations, including requirements to maintain a minimum level of capital and reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and the amount of loans which may be made and the interest which may be charged thereon, restrictions on our ability to expand through new branches or acquisitions, restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, regulations relating to permitted investments, and restrictions on other activities.
To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any change in the applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on our business and prospects.
Monetary Policies
The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have a significant effect upon the operating results of financial institutions, including commercial banks such as the Bank. The Federal Reserve Board endeavors to regulate the availability of bank credit in order to combat declines in the economy and to curb inflationary pressures. These policies may affect, directly or indirectly, the funds of banks which would be available for loans and the interest rates paid on deposits.

3


 

The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a material effect on the operating results of both Federal Reserve member and non-member banks in the past and are expected to do so in the future. In view of the changing conditions in the national economy, it is not possible to predict the impact of monetary policies on the growth or future operations of the Bank. In addition, fiscal policies of the United States Government may have a substantial effect on banks generally.
Legal Lending Limit
Under current New Jersey law, our per customer legal lending limit is 15% of capital for most loans. The lending limit can be increased to 25% of capital to the extent the additional 10% is fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Accordingly, the size of the loans that we can offer to potential customers is less than the size of loans that our competitors with more capital are able to offer. We may engage in loan participations with other banks so that we may lend a portion of loans in excess of our legal lending limits. However, no assurance can be given that participations will be available to us or available on terms that are favorable to us and our loan customers. It is expected that our lending limits will increase proportionately with our growth; however, there can be no assurance that we will grow or that we will be successful in attracting or maintaining customers seeking larger loans. To support growth, we may require additional capital. Although there can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient capital through retained earnings or raise additional equity capital through public or private offerings, our initial subscription provided the shareholders with warrants. The exercise of these warrants, if exercised in full, would provide us with an additional $10.4 million in capital.
Insurance of Deposits
Our deposits are insured up to a maximum of $100,000 per depositor under the Bank Insurance Fund, or “BIF.” The FDIC has established a risk-based assessment system for all insured depository institutions. Under the risk-based assessment system, deposit insurance premium rates range from 0-27 basis points of insured deposits.
Dividend Restrictions
Under the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended, referred to as the “Banking Act,” a bank may declare and pay dividends only if, after payment of the dividend, the capital stock of the bank will be unimpaired and either the bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock or the payment of the dividend will not reduce the bank’s surplus. The FDIC prohibits payment of cash dividends if, as a result, the institution would be undercapitalized. Further, during the first three years of operation, cash dividends shall only be paid from net operating income, and only after an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses is established and overall capital is adequate.
Capital Adequacy Guidelines
The FDIC has promulgated risk-based capital guidelines that are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profile among banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under those guidelines, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

4


 

Bank assets are given risk-weights of 0%, 20%, 50%, and 100%. In addition, certain off-balance sheet items are given similar credit conversion factors to convert them to asset equivalent amounts to which an appropriate risk-weighting will apply. Those computations result in the total risk-weighted assets. Most loans are assigned to the 100% risk category, except for performing first mortgage loans fully secured by residential property, which carry a 50% risk-weighting. Most investment securities (including, primarily, general obligation claims of states or other political subdivisions of the United States) are assigned to the 20% category, except for municipal or state revenue bonds, which have a 50% risk-weighting, and direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury or obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which have a 0% risk-weighting. In converting off-balance sheet items, direct credit substitutes, including general guarantees and standby letters of credit backing financial obligations, are given a 100% risk-weighting. Transaction-related contingencies such as bid bonds, standby letters of credit backing nonfinancial obligations, and undrawn commitments (including commercial credit lines with an initial maturity of more than one year), have a 50% risk-weighting. Short-term commercial letters of credit have a 20% risk-weighting, and certain short-term unconditionally cancelable commitments have a 0% risk weighting.
The minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least 4% of the total capital is required to be “Tier 1 Capital,” consisting of shareholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less certain goodwill items and other intangible assets. The remainder, or “Tier 2 Capital,” may consist of (a) the allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, (b) excess of qualifying preferred stock, (c) hybrid capital instruments, (d) perpetual debt, (e) mandatory convertible securities, and (f) qualifying subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock up to 50% of Tier 1 Capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital less reciprocal holdings of other banking organization’s capital instruments, investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, and any other deductions as determined by the FDIC.
In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the FDIC has adopted a minimum Tier 1 Capital (leverage) ratio, under which a bank must maintain a minimum level of Tier 1 Capital to average total consolidated assets of at least 3% in the case of a bank that has the highest regulatory examination rating and is not contemplating significant growth or expansion. All other banks are expected to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the stated minimum. We are expected to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%.
Prompt Corrective Action
In addition to the required minimum capital levels described above, Federal law establishes a system of “prompt corrective actions” which Federal banking agencies are required to take, and certain actions which they have discretion to take, based upon the capital category into which a Federally regulated depository institution falls. Regulations set forth detailed procedures and criteria for implementing prompt corrective action in the case of any institution which is not adequately capitalized. Under the rules, an institution will be deemed “well capitalized” or better if it’s leverage ratio exceeds 5%, its Tier 1 risk based capital ratio exceeds 6%, and if the Total risk based capital ratio exceeds 10%. An institution will be deemed to be “adequately capitalized” or better if it exceeds the minimum Federal regulatory capital requirements. However, it will be deemed “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet the minimum capital requirements; “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio that is less than 3%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3%, and “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.
The prompt corrective action rules require an undercapitalized institution to file a written capital restoration plan, along with a performance guaranty by its holding company or a third party. In addition, an undercapitalized institution becomes subject to certain automatic restrictions

5


 

including a prohibition on payment of dividends, a limitation on asset growth and expansion, in certain cases, a limitation on the payment of bonuses or raises to senior executive officers, and a prohibition on the payment of certain “management fees” to any “controlling person.” Institutions that are classified as undercapitalized are also subject to certain additional supervisory actions, including: increased reporting burdens and regulatory monitoring; a limitation on the institution’s ability to make acquisitions, open new branch offices, or engage in new lines of business; obligations to raise additional capital; restrictions on transactions with affiliates; and restrictions on interest rates paid by the institution on deposits. In certain cases, bank regulatory agencies may require replacement of senior executive officers or directors, or sale of the institution to a willing purchaser. If an institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” and continues in that category for four quarters, the statute requires, with certain narrowly limited exceptions, that the institution be placed in receivership.
At December 31, 2006, the Bank satisfied the ratios to be categorized as a “well-capitalized” institution, which in the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action imposes the lowest level of supervisory restraints.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, referred to as the “CRA,” requires that banks meet the credit needs of all of their assessment area (as established for these purposes in accordance with applicable regulations based principally on the location of branch offices), including those of low income areas and borrowers. Our record in meeting the requirements of the CRA will be taken into consideration in connection with any applications with Federal regulators to engage in certain activities, including mergers or expansions into non-banking activities.
USA Patriot Act
Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs meeting the minimum standards specified by the Act and implementing regulations. While we do not expect to have any significant international banking relationships, and do not anticipate that the USA PATRIOT Act will have a material effect on its business or operations, the effect of the compliance burden imposed by the Act on the Bank cannot be predicted with certainty.
Future Legislation and Regulation
Various legislation and regulations, ranging from consumer protection legislation to additional legislation proposing to substantially change the financial institutions regulatory system, are considered by the U.S. Congress, the New Jersey State Legislature and Federal and State authorities from time to time. Future legislation and regulation may change our regulatory and operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. We cannot predict whether any legislation or regulation will be enacted that would have a material effect upon our business.
Recent Developments
During 2007, the Bank has received FDIC approval and approval from the Department of Banking and Insurance for a location in Hackensack, New Jersey. This location would be the bank’s fourth office.

6


 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
We conduct our business through our office located at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey. This office is leased. Two additional offices are being constructed at 1365 Palisade Avenue, Fort Lee, New Jersey and 458 West Street, Fort Lee, New Jersey. The Palisade Avenue property is owned by the Bank and the West Street facility is leased. All properties are located in Bergen County, New Jersey.
During the first quarter of 2007, the Bank received approval from the FDIC and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance for a fourth branch to be located at 401 Hackensack Avenue, Hackensack, New Jersey. This facility will be leased.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We commenced operations in May 2006 and have not been involved in any legal proceedings. In addition, we do not believe that there is any pending or threatened proceedings against us. However, based on the nature of our operations, we may be, in the future, parties to or otherwise involved in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business.
MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information
Our common stock is not listed for quotation on any exchange or market system and there is no established public trading market for our common stock. However, there have been a limited number of trades of our common stock since our initial offering and capitalization. The following table sets forth the high and low prices at which trades of our common stock have occurred during the indicated periods. The prices are adjusted to reflect our ten percent (10%) stock distribution in January 2007.
                 
    High   Low
Year Ended December 31, 2006
               
Fourth quarter
  $ 18.18     $ 18.18  
Third quarter
    18.18       18.18  
Second quarter
    18.18       18.18  
First quarter
    N/A       N/A  
Holders
As of February 22, 2007, there were 1,172 shareholders of record of our common stock.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends since our inception. The decision to pay, as well as the timing and amount of any dividends to be paid by the Bank will be determined by our Board of Directors, giving consideration to our earnings, capital needs, financial condition, and other relevant factors.

7


 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth information, as of December 31, 2006, with respect to our 2006 Stock Option Plan, which is the only compensation plan under which our common stock is authorized for issuance. Share and exercise price information has been adjusted to reflect our ten percent (10%) stock distribution in January 2007.
                         
    Number of shares of           Number of shares of
    common stock to be           common stock
    issued upon exercise   Weighted-average   remaining available
    of outstanding   exercise price of   for future issuance
    options, warrants   outstanding options,   under equity
Plan Category   and rights   warrants and rights   compensation plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    62,150     $ 18.18       57,841  
 
                       
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
 
                       
Total
    62,150     $ 18.18       57,841  

8


 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Set forth below is selected historical financial data of the Bank. This information is derived in part from and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in this annual report. The financial information below is provided as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006.
         
(in thousands, except per share data)   2006  
Selected Operating Data:
       
Total interest income
  $ 3,685  
Total interest expense
    607  
 
     
Net interest income
    3,078  
 
       
Provision for loan losses
    866  
 
     
Net interest income after provision for loan loss
    2,212  
Other income
    15  
Other expenses
    2,627  
 
     
Income before income taxes
    (400 )
Income tax expense
    164  
 
     
Net loss
  $ (564 )
 
     
 
       
Basic Earnings per Share (1)
  $ (0.24 )
 
       
Basic Earnings per Share (from operations excluding start-up and organizational expenses) (1)
  $ (0.18 )
Average shares outstanding-basic (1)
    2,399,657  
 
(1)   Adjusted for the 10% 2007 stock distribution
         
Selected Financial Data:   2006  
Total Assets
  $ 106,047  
Net Loans
    79,819  
Total Deposits
    61,867  
Stockholders’ Equity
    43,039  
         
Selected Financial Ratios:   2006  
Return on Average Assets (ROA)
    (0.72 %)
Return on Average Equity (ROE)
    (1.31 %)
Equity to Total Assets at Year-End
    40.58 %
Dividend Payout Ratio
    N/A  

9


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes thereto included in this annual report.
Overview and Strategy
Our charter was approved in April 2006 and we opened for business on May 10, 2006. We currently operate from one office located at 204 Main Street, Fort Lee, NJ 07024. We have also received approval from the FDIC and the NJ Department of Banking and Insurance to open three additional locations. These offices will be located at 1365 Palisade Avenue, Fort Lee, NJ, 458 West Street, Fort Lee, NJ, and 401 Hackensack Avenue, Hackensack, NJ. All current and proposed branches are in Bergen County, NJ.
We conduct a traditional commercial banking business, accepting deposits from the general public, including individuals, businesses, non-profit organizations, and governmental units. We make commercial loans, consumer loans, and both residential and commercial real estate loans. In addition, we provide other customer services and make investments in securities, as permitted by law. We have sought to offer an alternative, community-oriented style of banking in an area, which is presently dominated by larger, statewide and national institutions. Our focus is on establishing and retaining customer relationships by offering a broad range of traditional financial services and products, competitively-priced and delivered in a responsive manner to small businesses, professionals and individuals in the local market. As a locally owned and operated community bank, we believe we can provide superior customer service that is highly personalized, efficient and responsive to local needs. To better serve our customers and expand our market reach, we provide for the delivery of certain financial products and services to local customers and a broader market through the use of mail, telephone and internet banking. We endeavor to deliver these products and services with the care and professionalism expected of a community bank and with a special dedication to personalized customer service.
Our specific objectives are:
    to provide local businesses, professionals and individuals with banking services responsive to and determined by the local market;
 
    to attract deposits and loans by competitive pricing; and
 
    to provide a reasonable return to shareholders on capital invested.
Critical Accounting Policies and Judgments
Our financial statements are prepared based on the application of certain accounting policies, the most significant of which are described in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Financial Statements. Certain of these policies require numerous estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or subject to variation and may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods. The use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when financial assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets carried at fair value inherently result in more financial statement volatility. Fair values and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by other independent third-party sources, when available. When such information is not

10


 

available, management estimates valuation adjustments. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operations.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) is established through periodic charges to income. Loan losses are charged against the ALLL when management believes that the future collection of principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ALLL. If the ALLL is considered inadequate to absorb future loan losses on existing loans, based on, but not limited to, increases in the size of the loan portfolio, increases in charge-offs or changes in the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, then the provision for loan losses is increased.
We consider the ALLL of $866 thousand adequate to cover potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio that may become uncollectible. Our evaluation considers such factors as changes in the composition and volume of the loan portfolio, the impact of changing economic conditions on the credit worthiness of our borrowers, and the overall quality of the loan portfolio. For further discussion, see the “Provision for Loan Losses”, “Loan Portfolio”, “Loan Quality”, and “Allowance for Loan Losses” sections below as well as various sections of our Notes to Financial Statements.
Deferred Tax Assets and Valuation Allowance
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the period in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be settled or realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change occurs. Deferred tax assets are reduced, through a valuation allowance, if necessary, by the amount of such benefits that are not expected to be realized based on current available evidence. As of December 31, 2006, we have recorded a valuation allowance against the state deferred tax asset and a portion of the Federal deferred tax asset. At this time, we believe this valuation allowance is appropriate as there is some uncertainty as to whether or not we will be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the net deferred tax asset.
Impairment of Assets
Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to contractual terms of the loan agreement. The collection of all amounts due according to contractual terms means both the contractual interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted as the loan’s effective interest rate, or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of collateral, reduced by costs to sell on a discounted basis, is used if a loan is collateral dependent. Conforming one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, home equity and second mortgages, and consumer loans are pooled together as homogeneous loans and, accordingly, are not covered by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS No.114 “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” At this time, we do not have any impaired loans.

11


 

Periodically, we may need to assess whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. In any such instance, we would consider many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment, our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, and for debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss is securities gains (losses). At this time, we do not have any impaired securities.
Results of Operations — 2006
Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest paid on funds borrowed to support those assets, primarily deposits. Net interest margin is the difference between the weighted average rate received on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, which is affected by the average level of interest-earning assets as compared with that of interest-bearing liabilities. Net income reflects net interest income, as well as non-interest income and non-interest expenses.
Net Loss
For the year ended December 31, 2006, net loss was $564 thousand. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006 included $866 thousand in the provision for loan losses as well as $125 thousand of net expenses related to pre-opening and organization costs. The expense recorded for the provision for loan losses is the result of closing over $80 million in total loans for the period May 10, 2006 to December 31, 2006.
On a per share basis, basic loss per share from May 10, 2006, the date operations commenced, through December 31, 2006 was $0.18. All per share data has been restated to reflect the ten percent (10%) stock distribution paid to shareholders during January 2007.
Analysis of Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them. From May 10, 2006, the day operations commenced, to December 31, 2006, net interest income was $2,497,000.
Average Balance Sheet
The following table sets forth certain information relating to our average assets and liabilities from the date operations commenced, May 10, 2006, to December 31, 2006, and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the period indicated. Such yields are derived by dividing annualized income or annualized expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods shown. Securities available for sale are reflected in the following table at amortized cost.

12


 

May 10, 2006 through December 31, 2006
(dollars in thousands)
                         
    2006  
    Average             Average  
    Balance     Interest     Yield/Cost  
ASSETS :
                       
Interest-Earning Assets:
                       
Loans (net of unearned income)
  $ 43,971     $ 1,983       6.77 %
Securities available for sale and Investment Securities
    7,815       260       4.99  
Federal Funds Sold
    21,752       818       5.64  
Equity Securities
    100       0       0.00  
 
                 
Total Interest-earning Assets
    73,638       3,061       6.26 %
 
                 
Non-interest earning Assets
    5,011                  
Allowance for Loan Losses
    (486 )                
 
                     
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 78,163                  
 
                     
 
                       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                       
Interest-Bearing Liabilities :
                       
Demand Deposits
  $ 3,910     $ 60       2.30 %
Savings Deposits
    930       5       0.81  
Money Market Deposits
    16,216       422       3.89  
Time Deposits
    3,360       77       3.44  
 
                   
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    24,416       564       3.46 %
 
                   
Non-Interest Bearing Liabilities:
                       
Demand Deposits
    10,384                  
Other Liabilities
    164                  
 
                     
Total Non-Interest Bearing Liabilities
    10,548                  
Stockholders’ Equity
    43,199                  
 
                     
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 78,163                  
 
                     
 
                       
Net Interest Income
          $ 2,497          
 
                     
Net Interest Rate Spread
                    2.80 %
 
                     
Net Interest Margin
                    3.39 %
 
                     
Ratio of Interest-Earning Assets to Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    3.02                  
 
                     

13


 

Provision for Loan Losses
For the year ended December 31, 2006, our provision for loan losses was $866,000. The provision is directly related to the growth and composition of the loan portfolio during our first year of operation.
Other Income
Other income, which was primarily attributable to service fees received from deposit accounts, for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $15,000.
Other Expenses
Other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 amounted to $2,627,000. These costs were related, primarily, to the opening and organizing of the bank, staff compensation, and occupancy costs. Included in the other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $701 thousand of expenses related to start-up and organizational costs.
Income Tax Expense
During 2006, we recorded income tax expense as a result of recording a valuation allowance for state tax purposes and a portion for federal tax purposes. We believe this valuation allowance is appropriate as there is some uncertainty as to whether or not we will be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the net deferred tax asset.
Financial Condition
At December 31, 2006, our total assets were $106,047,000. Total loans, including net deferred fees and amortized costs, increased from no loans at the commencement of our operations to $80,685,000 at December 31, 2006. Total deposits were $61,867,000 at December 31, 2006. Including deposits, we had total liabilities of $63,008,000 and our shareholder’s equity was $43,039,000.
Loan Portfolio
Our loan portfolio is the primary component of our assets. At December 31, 2006, our total loans, excluding net deferred fees and costs, were $80,638,000, all of which were originated during 2006. This growth in the loan portfolio was attributable to recommendations and referrals from members of our board of directors, our shareholders, our executive officers, and selective marketing by our management and staff. We believe that we will continue to have similar opportunities for loan origination within the Bergen County and Hudson County markets within northern New Jersey, due to the fact that, through mergers and acquisitions, our trade area is now primarily served by large institutions, frequently headquartered out of state. We believe that it is not cost-efficient for these larger institutions to provide the level of personal service to small business borrowers that we intend to provide.

14


 

Our loan portfolio consists of commercial loans, real estate loans, and consumer loans. Commercial loans are made for the purpose of providing working capital, financing the purchase of equipment or inventory, as well as for other business purposes. Real estate loans consist of loans secured by commercial or residential real property and loans for the construction of commercial or residential property. Consumer loans are made for the purpose of financing the purchase of consumer goods, home improvements, and other personal needs, and are generally secured by the personal property being purchased.
Our loans are primarily to businesses and individuals located in Bergen and Hudson Counties, New Jersey. We have not made loans to borrowers outside of the United States. Commercial lending activities are focused primarily on lending to small business borrowers. We believes that our strategy of customer service, competitive rate structures, and selective marketing have enabled us to gain market entry to local loans. Bank mergers and lending restrictions at larger financial institutions with which we compete have also contributed to the success of our efforts to attract borrowers.
The following table sets forth the classification of our loans by major category as of December 31, 2006:
         
Commercial
  $ 14,678  
Real Estate
    50,787  
Credit Lines
    13,519  
Consumer
    1,654  
 
     
 
       
Total Loans
  $ 80,638  
 
     
The following table sets forth the maturity of fixed and adjustable rate loans as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands) :
                                 
    Within            
    One   1 to 5   After 5    
    Year   Years   Years   Total
Loans with Fixed Rate
                               
Commercial
    813       3,370             4,183  
Real Estate
    1,852       17,074       17,257       36,183  
Credit Lines
    4                   4  
Consumer
          391       291       682  
 
                               
Loans with Adjustable Rate
                               
Commercial
    10,496                   10,496  
Real Estate
    11,371       2,482       750       14,603  
Credit Lines
    59             13,456       13,515  
Consumer
    972                   972  

15


 

Loan Quality
As mentioned above, our principal assets are our loans. Inherent in the lending function is the risk of the borrower’s inability to repay a loan under its existing terms. Risk elements include non-accrual loans, past due and restructured loans, potential problem loans, loan concentrations, and other real estate owned.
Non-performing assets include loans that are not accruing interest (non-accrual loans) as a result of principal or interest being in default for a period of 90 days or more and accruing loans that are 90 days past due. When a loan is classified as non-accrual, interest accruals discontinue and all past due interest, including interest applicable to prior years, is reversed and charged against current income. Until the loan becomes current, any payments received from the borrower are applied to outstanding principal until such time as management determines that the financial condition of the borrower and other factors merit recognition of such payments of interest.
We attempt to minimize overall credit risk through loan diversification and our loan approval procedures. Due diligence begins at the time we begin to discuss the origination of a loan with a borrower. Documentation, including a borrower’s credit history, materials establishing the value and liquidity of potential collateral, the purpose of the loan, the source and timing of the repayment of the loan, and other factors are analyzed before a loan is submitted for approval. Loans made are also subject to periodic audit and review.
At December 31, 2006, we had no non-performing assets and no information about possible credit problems of borrowers which would cause us to have serious doubts as to the ultimate ability to collect their loans. While we do attempt to minimize credit risk, these conditions are partially attributable to our limited operating history.
As of December 31, 2006, there were no concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of the Bank’s total loans and the Bank had no foreign loans. The Bank’s loans are primarily to businesses and individuals located in Bergen and Hudson Counties, New Jersey.
The Bank maintains an external independent loan review auditor. The loan review auditor will perform an examination of a sample of commercial loans after the Bank has extended credit. The loan review auditor also monitors the integrity of our credit risk rating system. This review process is intended to identify adverse developments in individual credits, regardless of payment history. The loan review auditor reports directly to the audit committee of our Board of Directors and provides the audit committee with reports on asset quality. The loan review audit reports are also presented to our Board of Directors by the audit committee for review.
Allowance For Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses represents a critical accounting policy. The allowance is a reserve established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses which we believe is adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. While we apply the methodology discussed below in connection with the establishment of our allowance for loan losses, it is subject to critical judgments on the part of management. Loan losses are charged directly to the allowance when they occur and any recovery is credited to the allowance. Risks within the loan portfolio are analyzed on a continuous basis by our officers, by external independent loan review function, and by our audit committee. A risk system, consisting of multiple grading categories, is utilized as an analytical tool to assess risk and appropriate reserves. In addition to the risk system, management further evaluates risk characteristics of the

16


 

loan portfolio under current and anticipated economic conditions and considers such factors as the financial condition of the borrower, past and expected loss experience, and other factors which management feels deserve recognition in establishing an appropriate reserve. These estimates are reviewed at least quarterly, and, as adjustments become necessary, they are realized in the periods in which they become known. Additions to the allowance are made by provisions charged to the expense and the allowance is reduced by net-chargeoffs, that is loans judged to be uncollectible, less any recoveries on loans previously charged off. Although management attempts to maintain the allowance at an adequate level, future additions to the allowance may be required due to the growth of our loan portfolio, changes in asset quality, changes in market conditions and other factors. Additionally, various regulatory agencies, primarily the FDIC, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require additional provisions based upon their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Although management uses what it believes to be the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate which is subject to significant judgment and short term change.
Our allowance for loan losses totaled $866,000 at December 31, 2006, compared to no allowance at the commencement of our operations. This growth of the allowance is due to the growth and composition of the loan portfolio.
The following is an analysis summary of the allowance for loan losses for the period indicated:
         
    2006  
Balance, May 10, 2006
  $  
 
       
Charge-offs
       
Commercial
     
Real Estate
     
Credit Lines
     
Consumer
     
 
     
Total Charge-offs
     
 
       
Recoveries
       
Commercial
     
Real Estate
     
Credit Lines
     
Consumer
     
 
     
Total Recoveries
     
 
       
Net charge-offs
     
 
       
Provision charged to expense
    866  
 
     
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ 866  
 
     
 
       
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
    N/A  

17


 

The following table sets forth, for each of our major lending areas, the amount and percentage of our allowance for loan losses attributable to such category, and the percentage of total loans represented by such category, as of the periods indicated:
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses by Category
For the period ended December 31, 2006
(dollars in thousands)
                         
                    % of  
    Amount     % of ALL     Total Loans  
Balance applicable to:
                       
Commercial
    197       22.75 %     18.20 %
Real Estate:
    479       55.31 %     62.98 %
Credit Lines
    69       7.97 %     16.77 %
Consumer
    25       2.89 %     2.05 %
                   
 
                       
Sub-total
    770       88.91 %     100.00 %
Unallocated Reserves
    96       11.09 %        
                   
 
                       
TOTAL
  $ 866       100.00 %     100.00 %
 
                 
The allowance for loan losses represents our determination of the amount necessary to bring the ALLL to a level that we consider adequate to reflect the risk of estimated losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. We evaluate the adequacy of the ALLL by performing periodic, systematic reviews of the loan portfolio. While allocations are made to specific loans and pools of loans, the total allowance is available for loan losses. Although the ALLL is our best estimate of the inherent loan losses as of the balance sheet date, the process of determining the adequacy of the ALLL is judgmental and subject to changes in external conditions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that existing levels of the ALLL will ultimately prove adequate to cover actual loan losses. However, we have determined, and believe, that the ALLL is at a level sufficient to cover the inherent loan losses in our loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

18


 

Investment Securities
In addition to our loan portfolio, we maintain an investment portfolio to fund increased loan demand or deposit withdrawals and other liquidity needs and to provide an additional source of interest income. The portfolio is composed of U.S. Treasury Securities, obligations of U.S. Government Agencies, and equity securities of Atlantic Central Bankers Bank.
Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, trading or available for sale, or “AFS,” at the time of purchase. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity if management intends and we have the ability to hold them to maturity. Such securities are stated at cost, adjusted for unamortized purchase premiums and discounts. Securities which are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities, which are carried at market value. Realized gains and losses, as well as gains and losses from marking trading securities to market value, are included in trading revenue. We had no trading securities during 2006. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading securities are classified as AFS and are stated at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities are excluded from results of operations, and are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in stockholders’ equity. Securities classified as AFS include securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risks, the need to increase regulatory capital, or other similar requirements.
At December 31, 2006, total securities were $11,692,000, $1,993,000 of which were classified as held-to-maturity and $9,699,000 of which were classified as available for sale.
The following table sets forth the amortized cost and market value of our security portfolio at the date indicated.
                 
    At December 31,  
    2006  
    Amortized     Market  
    Cost     Value  
Available for sale
               
U.S. Agency Obligations
    9,560       9,599  
Equity securities
    100       100  
 
           
Total available for sale
    9,660       9,699  
 
               
Held to Maturity
               
U.S. Treasury obligations
    1,993       2,002  
 
               
 
           
Total held to maturity
    1,993       2,002  
 
               
Total Investment Securities
  $ 11,653     $ 11,700  
 
           

19


 

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of our debt investment portfolio at December 31, 2006.
Maturity of Debt Investment Securities
December 31, 2006
(in thousands)
                                                 
    Securities     Securities  
    Held to Maturity     Available for Sale  
                    Weighted                     Weighted  
    Amortized     Market     Average     Amortized     Market     Average  
    Cost     Value     Yield     Cost     Value     Yield  
Within 1 year
                                   
 
                                               
1 to 5 years
    1,993       2,002       5.12 %     4,560       4,579       5.59 %
 
                                               
5 to 10 years
                      5,000       5,020       5.80 %
 
                                               
Over 10 years
                                   
 
                                               
 
                                       
 
                                               
 
  $ 1,993     $ 2,002             $ 9,560     $ 9,599          
 
                                       
We did not sell any securities during 2006.
Deposits
Deposits are our primary source of funds. From the commencement of our operations, our deposits grew to $61,867,000 at December 31, 2006. This deposit growth was accomplished as a result of the combined effect of referrals from the members of our board of directors, shareholders and management, as well as selective marketing by our staff during the year.
The following table sets forth the actual amount of various types of deposits at the date indicated:
December 31,
(Dollars in Thousands)
                 
    2006  
            Average  
    Amount     Yield/Rate  
Non-interest Bearing Demand
  $ 10,244        
Interest Bearing Demand
    38,794       3.58 %
Savings
    1,873       0.81 %
Time Deposits
    10,956       3.44 %
 
             
 
               
 
  $ 61,867          
 
             

20


 

The Bank does not actively solicit short-term deposits of $100,000 or more because of the liquidity risks posed by such deposits. The following table summarizes the maturity of time deposits over $100,000 (in thousands).
         
Three months or less
  $ 3,950  
Over three months through six months
    3,036  
Over six months through twelve months
    2,781  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 9,767  
 
     
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had the following contractual obligations as provided in the table below:
Contractual Obligations
                                         
    Payment due by Period  
    Less                     After     Total  
    than 1     1 to 3     4 to 5     5     Amounts  
    year     years     years     years     Committed  
Minimum annual rental under Non-cancelable operating leases
    304       618       424       3,464     $ 4,810  
Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits
    10,939       5       12             $ 10,956  
 
                             
Total Contractual Obligations
    11,243       623       436       3,464     $ 15,766  
 
                             
Additionally, the Bank had certain commitments to extend credit to customers. A summary of commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2006 is provided as follows (in thousands):
         
Commercial real estate, construction, and Land development secured by land
  $ 18,420  
Home Equity Loans
    5,073  
Standby letters of credit and other
    1,055  
 
     
 
  $ 24,548  

21


 

Liquidity
Our liquidity is a measure of our ability to fund loans, withdrawals or maturities of deposits, and other cash outflows in a cost-effective manner. Our principal sources of funds are deposits, scheduled amortization and prepayments of loan principal, maturities of investment securities, and funds provided by operations. While scheduled loan payments and maturing investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flow and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, if warranted, we would be able to borrow funds.
Our total deposits equaled $61,867,000 at December 31, 2006. The growth in funds provided by deposit inflows during this period coupled with the amount of capital raised has been sufficient to provide for our loan demand.
Through the investment portfolio, we have generally sought to obtain a safe, yet slightly higher yield than would have been available to us as a net seller of overnight federal funds, while still maintaining liquidity. Through our investment portfolio, we also attempt to manage our maturity gap by seeking maturities of investments which coincide as closely as possible with maturities of deposits. The investment portfolio also includes securities available for sale to provide liquidity for anticipated loan demand and liquidity needs.
Although we were a net seller of federal funds during 2006, we obtained a $12 million overnight line of credit with First Tennessee Bank and an $8 million overnight line of credit with Atlantic Central Bankers Bank for the purchase of federal funds in the event that temporary liquidity needs arise.
We believe that our current sources of funds provide adequate liquidity for our current cash flow needs.

22


 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
We manage our assets and liabilities with the objectives of evaluating the interest-rate risk included in certain balance sheet accounts; determining the level of risk appropriate given our business focus, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements; establishing prudent asset concentration guidelines; and managing risk consistent with guidelines approved by our board of directors. We seek to reduce the vulnerability of our operations to changes in interest rates and to manage the ratio of interest-rate sensitive assets to interest-rate sensitive liabilities within specified maturities or re-pricing dates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of the asset/liability committee of our board of directors, or “ALCO.” ALCO generally reviews our liquidity, cash flow needs, maturities of investments, deposits and borrowings, and current market conditions and interest rates.
One of the monitoring tools used by ALCO is an analysis of the extent to which assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive and measures our interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or re-price within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. Accordingly, during a period of rising rates, a negative gap may result in the yield on assets increasing at a slower rate than the increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, resulting in a decrease in net interest income. Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, an institution with a negative gap would experience a re-pricing of its assets at a slower rate than its interest-bearing liabilities which, consequently, may result in its net interest income growing.

23


 

The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at the periods indicated which we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, will re-price or mature in each of the future time periods presented. Except as noted, the amount of assets and liabilities which re-price or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of the term to re-pricing or the contractual terms of the asset or liability. Because we have no interest bearing liabilities with a maturity greater than five years, we believe that a static gap for the over five year time period reflects an accurate assessment of interest rate risk. Our loan maturity assumptions are based upon actual maturities within the loan portfolio. Equity securities have been included in “Other Assets” as they are not interest rate sensitive. At December 31, 2006, we were within the target gap range established by ALCO.
Cumulative Rate Sensitive Balance Sheet
December 31, 2006
(in thousands)
                                                         
    0 - 3     0 — 6     0 — 1     0 — 5     5 +     All        
    Months     Months     Year     Years     Years     Others     TOTAL  
Securities, excluding equity securities
          1,001       5,004       11,591                   11,591  
 
                                                       
Loans :
                                                       
Commercial
    10,417       11,108       11,230       14,539       139             14,678  
Real Estate
    15,478       15,478       15,706       33,518       4,810       12,459       50,787  
Credit Lines
    9,096       13,519       13,519       13,519                   13,519  
Consumer
    299       299       971       1,362       30       262       1,654  
Federal Funds Sold
    6,986       6,986       6,986       6,986                   6,986  
Other Assets
                                  6,832       6,832  
                     
 
                                                       
TOTAL ASSETS
    42,276       48,391       53,416       81,515       4,979       19,553       106,047  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Transaction / Demand Accounts
    7,757       7,757       7,757       7,757                   7,757  
Money Market
    31,037       31,037       31,037       31,037                   31,037  
Savings
    1,873       1,873       1,873       1,873                   1,873  
Time Deposits
    4,367       7,703       10,939       10,956                   10,956  
Other Liabilities
                                  11,385       11,343  
Equity
                                  43,039       43,081  
                     
 
                                                       
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
    45,034       48,370       51,606       51,623             54,424       106,047  
 
                                           
 
                                                       
Dollar Gap
    (2,758 )     21       1,810       29,892                        
Gap / Total Assets
    (2.60 %)     0.02 %     1.70 %     28.13 %                        
Target Gap Range
    +/- 35.00       +/- 30.00       +/- 25.00       +/- 25.00                          
RSA / RSL
    93.88 %     100.05 %     103.51 %     157.91 %                        
(Rate Sensitive Assets to
     Rate Sensitive Liabilities)

24


 

Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit taking activities. Thus, we actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk exposure.
Our profitability is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial increase in interest rates may adversely impact our earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent, or on the same basis. We monitor the impact of changing interest rates on our net interest income using several tools. One measure of our exposure to differential changes in interest rates between assets and liabilities is shown in our “Cumulative Rate Sensitive Balance Sheet” under the “Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis” caption. As we mature, we will also perform a periodic “shock analysis” to evaluate the effect of interest rates upon our operations and our financial condition.
Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income and capital, while structuring our asset-liability structure to obtain the maximum yield-cost spread on that structure. We rely primarily on our asset-liability structure to control interest rate risk.
We continually evaluate interest rate risk management opportunities. During 2006, we believed that available hedging instruments were not cost-effective, and therefore, focused our efforts on increasing our yield-cost spread through retail growth opportunities.

25


 

The following table discloses our financial instruments that are sensitive to change in interest rates, categorized by expected maturity at December 31, 2006. Market risk sensitive instruments are generally defined as on- and off- balance sheet financial instruments.
Expected Maturity/Principal Repayment
December 31, 2006
(Dollars in thousands)
                                                                         
    Avg.                                                        
    Int.                                           There-           Fair
    Rate   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   After   Total   Value
Interest Rate Sensitive Assets :
                                                                       
Loans
    6.77 %     24,046       5,099       249       85       3,354       47,805     $ 80,638     $ 80,465  
Securities available for sale, net of equity securities
    4.99 %                       4,016       564       5,019     $ 9,599     $ 9,599  
 
                                                                       
Investment Securities
    4.99 %         $ 1,993                             $ 1,993     $ 2,002  
 
                                                                       
Fed Funds Sold
    5.64 %   $ 6,986                                   $ 6,986     $ 6,986  
 
                                                                       
Interest Rate Sensitive Liabilities :
                                                                       
Demand Deposits
    2.30 %   $ 7,757                                           $ 7,757     $ 7,757  
 
                                                                       
Savings Deposits
    0.81 %   $ 1,873                                             $ 1,873     $ 1,873  
 
                                                                       
Money Market Deposits
    3.89 %   $ 31,037                                             $ 31,037     $ 31,037  
 
                                                                       
Time Deposits
    3.44 %   $ 10,939       5               12                     $ 10,956     $ 10,948  
Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. The maturity of certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market rates, while maturity of other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market rates. In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from the maturities assumed in calculating this table.

26


 

Capital
A significant measure of the strength of a financial institution is its capital base. Our federal regulators have classified and defined our capital into the following components: (1) Tier 1 Capital, which includes tangible shareholders’ equity for common stock and qualifying preferred stock, and (2) Tier 2 Capital, which includes a portion of the allowance for possible loan losses, certain qualifying long-term debt, and preferred stock which does not qualify for Tier 1 Capital. Minimum capital levels are regulated by risk-based capital adequacy guidelines, which require certain capital as a percent of our assets and certain off-balance sheet items, adjusted for predefined credit risk factors, referred to as “risk-adjusted assets.”
We are required to maintain, at a minimum, Tier 1 Capital as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets of 4.0% and combined Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital, or “Total Capital,” as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets of 8.0%.
In addition to the risk-based guidelines, our regulators require that an institution which meets the regulator’s highest performance and operation standards maintain a minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital as a percentage of tangible assets) of 3.0%. For those institutions with higher levels of risk or that are experiencing or anticipating significant growth, the minimum leverage ratio will be evaluated through the ongoing regulatory examination process. Due to our limited operating history and the growth of the Bank during 2006, we are currently required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4%.
The following table summarizes our risk-based capital and leverage ratios at December 31, 2006, as well as the applicable minimum ratios:
                 
            Minimum
    December 31,   Regulatory
    2006   Requirements
Risk-Based Capital :
               
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    52.77 %     4.0 %
Total Capital Ratio
    53.83 %     8.0 %
Leverage Ratio
    55.01 %     4.0 %
The capital levels detailed above represent the effect of our successful stock subscription combined with a short period of operations. As we employ our capital and continue to grow our operations, we expect that our capital levels will decrease, but that we will remain a “well-capitalized” institution.

27


 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements of the Bank and notes thereto, presented elsewhere herein, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Bank’s operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Bank are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Bank’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards And Other Operational Issues
FASB Interpretation No. 48
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” The Interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This interpretation presents a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of Interpretation No. 48 to have a material impact of our financial statements.
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (SAB 108), to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires that the Bank quantify misstatements based on their impact on each of its financial statements and related disclosures. SAB 108 was effective as of the end of our 2006 fiscal year, allowing a one-time transitional cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2006 for errors that were not previously deemed material, but are material under the guidance in SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
See disclosures on market risk in Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 26 and 27.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
None.

28


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Index to Financial Statements
         
    Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    31  
Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2006 and 2005
    32  
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
    33  
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
    34  
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
    35  
Notes to Financial Statements
    36  

29


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Bank of New Jersey:
We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of Bank of New Jersey (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bank of New Jersey as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 2, 2007

30


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
Statements of Financial Condition
December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Dollars in Thousands)
                 
    2006     2005  
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Cash and due from banks
    1,853       12  
Federal funds sold
    6,986        
 
           
Total cash and cash equivalents
    8,839       12  
 
               
Securities available for sale
    9,699        
Investment securities, (estimated market value of $2,002 at December 31, 2006)
    1,993        
 
               
Loans
    80,638        
Deferred loan fees & Unamortized Costs, net
    47        
Allowance for loan losses
    (866 )      
 
           
Net loans
    79,819        
 
               
Premises and equipment, net
    4,612       277  
Accrued interest receivable
    439       598  
Other assets
    646        
 
           
Total assets
  $ 106,047     $ 887  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Deposits :
               
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    10,244        
Interest bearing deposits:
               
Savings, money market and time deposits
    41,856        
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
    9,767        
 
           
Total deposits
    61,867        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    1,141       88  
 
           
Total liabilities
    63,008       88  
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock subscribed
          42,724  
Subscription receivable
          (42,724 )
Capital stock , $10 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 2,399,846 at December 31, 2006
    23,998        
Additional Paid in Capital
    19,667       900  
Accumulated Deficit
    (665 )     (101 )
Other comprehensive income
    39        
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    43,039       799  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 106,047     $ 887  
 
           
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

31


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
Statements of Operations
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    2006     2005  
Interest income:
               
Interest on escrow funds
  $ 624     $ 598  
Loans
    1,983        
Securities available for sale & Investment securities
    260        
Federal funds sold and FHLBNY income
    818        
 
           
Total interest income
    3,685       598  
Interest expense:
               
Savings and money markets
    487        
Time deposits
    77        
Short term borrowings
    43        
 
           
Total interest expense
    607        
 
               
Net interest income
    3,078       598  
 
               
Provision for loan losses
    866        
 
               
Net interest income after provision for loan Losses
    2,212       598  
 
               
Other income — principally fees and service charges
    15        
 
               
Other expenses:
               
Salaries and employee benefits
    1,825       417  
Occupancy and equipment expense
    434       120  
Advertising and marketing expenses
    67        
Legal fees
    58       36  
Bank application costs
          78  
Other operating expenses
    243       48  
 
           
Total other expenses
    2,627       699  
Income before expense for income taxes
    (400 )     (101 )
 
               
Income tax expense
    164        
 
               
Net Loss
  $ (564 )   $ (101 )
 
               
Net loss per share:
               
Basic
  $ (0.24 )     N/A  
All share data has been adjusted to reflect the 10% stock distribution paid during January, 2007.
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

32


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Dollars in Thousands)
                                                         
                                            Accumulated    
            Common           Additional           Other    
    Common   Stock   Subscription   Paid — In   Accumulated   Comprehensive    
    Stock   subscribed   receivable   Capital   Deficit   income   Total
     
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
 
                                                       
Common stock subscribed
          42,724       (42,724 )                        
Capital contribution
                      900                   900  
Net loss
                            (101 )             (101 )
     
 
                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $     $ 42,724     $ (42,724 )   $ 900     $ (101 )   $     $ 799  
 
                                                       
Issuance of common stock
    21,811       (42,724 )     42,724       20,873                 $ 42,684  
 
                                                       
Exercise of warrants
    5                   7                   12  
Recognition of stock option expense
                      69                   69  
Stock distribution
    2,182                   (2,182 )                  
 
                                                       
Comprehensive loss:
                                                       
Net loss
                            (564 )             (564 )
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale
                                  39       39  
 
                                                       
Total comprehensive loss
                                                    (525 )
     
 
                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 23,998     $     $     $ 19,667       (665 )   $ 39     $ 43,039  
     
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

33


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
(Dollars in Thousands)
                 
    2006   2005
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net loss
    (564 )     (101 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by Operating activities:
               
Provision for loan losses
    866        
Deferred tax benefit
    (147 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    55        
Recognition of stock option expense
    69        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Decrease(increase) in accrued interest receivable
    159       (598 )
Increase in other assets
    (646 )      
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    1,053       88  
     
Net cash provided by(used in) operating activities
    845       (611 )
 
               
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchases of investment securities
    (1,993 )      
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (11,560 )      
Proceeds from called securities available for sale
    2,000        
Net increase in loans
    (80,638 )      
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (4,390 )     (277 )
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (96,581 )     (277 )
 
               
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net increase in deposits
    61,867        
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
    42,684        
Capital contribution
          900  
Warrants exercised
    12        
     
Net cash provided by financing activities
  $ 104,563     $ 900  
 
               
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 8,827     $ 12  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  $ 12     $  
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 8,839     $ 12  
 
               
Supplemental information:
               
 
               
Cash paid during the year for:
               
Interest
  $ 568     $  
Taxes
  $     $  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

34


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2006
(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
    The accompanying financial statements represent the financial condition and results of operations of Bank of New Jersey, or the “Bank,” at and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. For the periods presented prior to May 9, 2006, the Bank was a development state organization.
 
    Organization
 
    The Bank is a commercial bank which provides a full range of banking services to individuals and corporate customers in New Jersey. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions. The Bank is regulated by state and federal agencies and is subject to periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. The Bank conducts a traditional commercial banking business, accepting deposits from the general public, including individuals, businesses, non-profit organizations, and governmental units. The Bank makes commercial loans, consumer loans, and both residential and commercial real estate loans. In addition, the Bank provides other customer services and makes investments in securities, as permitted by law. The Bank has sought to offer an alternative, community-oriented style of banking in an area, which is presently dominated by larger, statewide and national institutions. The Bank’s focus is on establishing and retaining customer relationships by offering a broad range of traditional financial services and products, competitively-priced and delivered in a responsive manner to small businesses, professionals and individuals in the local market. As a locally owned and operated community bank, the Bank endeavors to provide superior customer service that is highly personalized, efficient and responsive to local needs. To better serve its customers and expand it market reach, the Bank provides for the delivery of certain of its financial products and services to its local customers and to a broader market through the use of mail, telephone and internet banking. The Bank delivers these products and services with the care and professionalism expected of a community bank and with a special dedication to personalized customer service.
 
    The specific objectives of the Bank are:
    to provide local businesses, professionals and individuals with banking services responsive to and determined by the local market;
 
    to attract deposits and loans by competitive pricing; and
 
    to provide a reasonable return to shareholders on capital invested.

35


 

Start-Up and Organizational Expenses
The Bank was a development stage organization as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period January 1, 2006 through May 9, 2006. On May 10, 2006, it began operations as a New Jersey state-chartered commercial bank. The Bank initially issued 2,181,179 shares of common stock at $20 per share ($10 par value) in June of 2005. Net organizational and pre-opening expenses for the period January 1, 2006 to May 9, 2006 (included in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006) are as follows:
         
    Development Stage  
    January 1, 2006 through  
    May 9, 2006  
Interest Income
  $ 624,000  
 
       
Interest on borrowings
    43,000  
Salaries, taxes, & benefits
    459,000  
Professional & Application fees
    132,000  
Occupancy
    95,000  
Other Expenses
    20,000  
 
     
Total Start-up & Organizational Expenses
  $ 749,000  
 
       
NET
    ($125,000 )

36


 

    Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
 
    The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of financial condition and revenues and expenses for the period indicated. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
 
    Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. While management uses available information to recognize estimated losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses on loans. These agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgements of information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
    Investment Securities and Securities Available for Sale
 
    Investment securities purchased with the intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity (“HTM”) and are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. All other securities, including equity securities, are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”). These securities are reported at fair value with changes in the carrying value included in accumulated other comprehensive income(loss) which is a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses on sales of securities available for sale are based upon the specific identification method. The bank does not acquire securities for the purpose of engaging in trading activities.
 
    On a quarterly basis, securities are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment. The Company makes an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss in securities gains (losses).
 
    Premises and Equipment
 
    Premises and equipment are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of fixed assets is accumulated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the lease. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense in the year incurred.

37


 

    Loans
 
    Loans are stated at their principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to interest income when earned. A loan which is 90 days past due is placed on a nonaccrual status. Loans which are well secured and in the process of collection are not placed on nonaccrual status. Once a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest previously accrued and uncollected is charged against current earnings, and interest is included in earnings thereafter to the extent received in cash. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to yield using the level-yield method.
 
    Management, considering current information and events regarding the borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations, considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Bank has defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual commercial real estate, multi-family, land, construction, and commercial loans in excess of $250,000. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through provisions charged to operations.
 
    Allowance for Loan Losses
 
    Losses on loans are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Additions to this allowance are made by recoveries of loans previously charged off and by a provision charged to expense. The determination of the balance of the allowance for loan losses is based on an analysis of the loan portfolio, economic conditions and other factors warranting recognition. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is maintained at a sufficient level to provide for losses inherent in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, particularly in New Jersey. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
    Stock-Based Compensation
 
    In December, 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). SFAS No. 123(R) addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee service in exchange for (a) equity instruments of the enterprise or (b) liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No, 123(R) requires an entity to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees within the income statement using a fair-value-based method, eliminating the intrinsic value method of accounting previously permissible under APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and related interpretations. The Company accounts for stock options under the recognition and measurement principles of SFAS No. 123(R).
 
    During 2006, the Bank awarded Incentive Stock Options (ISO) which vested over a 2 year period and ISO options which vested over a 3 year period. The per share weighted-average fair values of stock options granted during 2006, which vested over a 2 year period and a 3 year period, were $2.52 and $4.34, respectively, on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model, as

38


 

    adjusted for the 2007 stock distribution. The options which vested over a 2 year period used the following assumptions in determining the grant date fair value of the 2006 option grants: expected dividend yields of 0.00%, risk-free interest rates of 4.77%, expected volatility of 16.00%; and average expected lives of 2 years. The options which vested over a 3 year period used the following assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value of the 2006 option grants: expected dividend yields of 0.00%, risk-free interest rates of 4.77%, expected volatility of 22.00%; and average expected lives of 3.5 years.
 
    As a result of adopting SFAS No.123(R), the Bank recorded compensation expense of $69,000 during 2006. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had unrecognized compensation expense amounting to approximately $120,000 related to un-vested options. The unrecognized expense will be recognized over the remaining vesting terms.
 
    Income Taxes
 
    The Bank uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
    Earnings Per Share
 
    Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and represents the effect of earnings upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the effect of earnings upon weighted average shares including the potential dilution that could occur if securities or contracts to issue common stock were converted or exercised, utilizing the treasury stock method. All per share data has been restated to reflect changes due to stock distributions.
 
    Comprehensive Income
 
    Comprehensive income consists of net income or loss for the current period and income, expenses, or gains and losses not included in the income statement and which are reported directly as a separate component of equity. The Bank includes the required disclosures in the statement of stockholders’ equity.
 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
    Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, which are generally sold for one-day periods.

39


 

(2)   Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities
 
    A summary of securities available for sale at December 31, 2006 is as follows (in thousands):
                                 
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Market
2006   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
Government Sponsored Enterprise obligations
  $ 9,560       39           $ 9,599  
Equity Securities
    100                   100  
     
Total available for sale
  $ 9,660       39           $ 9,699  
     
A summary of investment securities at December 31, 2006 is as follows (in thousands):
                                 
            Gross   Gross    
    Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Market
2006   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value
Obligations of U.S. Treasury
  $ 1,993       9             $ 2,002  
     
Total held to maturity
  $ 1,993       9             $ 2,002  
     
Securities available for sale and investment securities held at December 31, 2006 mature as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    Investment     Securities  
    Securities     Available for Sale  
    Amortized     Market     Amortized     Market  
    Cost     Value     cost     Value  
Within one year
One to five years
    1,993       2,002       4,560       4,579  
Five to ten years
                5,000       5,020  
Over ten years
                       
 
                       
 
    1,993       2,002       9,560       9,599  
 
                       
For the period ended December 31, 2006, no securities were sold during the period.
Securities with an amortized cost of $1.9 million were pledged to secure public funds on deposit at December 31, 2006.

40


 

(3)   Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
    Loans at December 31, 2006 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
         
Real estate
  $ 50,787  
Commercial
    14,678  
Credit lines
    13,519  
Consumer
    1,654  
 
     
 
       
Balance at end of year
  $ 80,638  
 
     
The Bank grants commercial, mortgage and installment loans to those New Jersey residents and businesses within its local trading area. Its borrowers’ abilities to repay their obligations are dependent upon various factors, including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral and priority of the Bank’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Bank’s control; the Bank is therefore subject to risk of loss. The Bank believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks.
The activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 0  
Provision charged to expense
    866  
Loans charged off
    0  
Recoveries
    0  
 
     
 
       
Balance at end of year
  $ 866  
 
     
    There were no impaired loans at December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank also had no non-accrual loans or non-performing loans.

41


 

(4)   Premises and Equipment, net
 
    At December 31, premises and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Land
  $ 3,350  
Building
    1,036  
Furniture and equipment
    184  
Leasehold improvements
    97  
 
     
 
    4,667  
 
       
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    55  
 
     
Total premises and equipment, net
  $ 4,612  
 
     
    Depreciation expense amounted to $55,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005, construction in progress was $277,000.
 
(5)   Deposits
 
    At December 31, a summary of the maturity of time deposits of $100,000 or more (which includes certificates of deposit and IRA certificates) is as follows (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more maturing:
       
Three months or less
  $ 3,950  
Over three months through six months
    3,036  
Over six months through twelve months
    2,781  
 
     
 
       
Time deposits
  $ 9,767  
 
     

42


 

(6)   Income Taxes
 
    Income tax expense from operations for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Federal:
       
Current
  $ 564  
Deferred
    (564 )
State:
       
Current
    164  
 
     
 
       
Income tax expense
  $ 164  
 
     
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Deferred tax assets:
       
Start up expenses
  $ 503  
Allowance for loan losses
    346  
Accrued expenses
    54  
Other
    2  
 
     
 
       
Total gross deferred tax assets
    905  
 
       
Deferred tax liabilities:
       
Deferred loan costs
    (32 )
Prepaid expenses
    (26 )
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities
    (16 )
Discount accretion
    (1 )
 
     
 
       
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    (75 )
LESS:
       
Valuation Allowance
    (282 )
 
       
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 548  
At December 31, 2006, management believes that a valuation allowance for the state deferred tax asset and a portion of the Federal deferred tax asset is necessary due to the uncertainty of whether or not the Bank will be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the net deferred tax asset.

43


 

Income tax benefit from operations differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate (34% in 2006) to income taxes as a result of the following (in thousands):
         
    2006  
Computed “expected” tax benefit from operations
  $ (93 )
Increase(decrease) in taxes resulting from:
       
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    108  
Stock-based compensation
    24  
Meals and entertainment
    2  
Change in valuation allowance
    123  
 
     
 
  $ 164  
 
     
(7)   Leases
 
    The Bank leases banking facilities under operating leases which expire at various dates through December 31, 2025. These leases do contain certain options to renew the leases. Rental expense amounted to $237,000 for the eight months ended December 31, 2006.
 
    The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments (exclusive of payments for maintenance, insurance, taxes and any other costs associated with offices) for operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year from December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
         
Year ending December 31:
       
2007
  $ 303,600  
2008
  $ 307,272  
2009
  $ 311,016  
2010
  $ 224,832  
2011
  $ 198,732  
Thereafter
  $ 3,463,488  

44


 

(8)   Related-party Transactions
 
    Officers and directors of the Bank are customers of and are engaged in transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms (including interest rates on loans, collateral, and collectibility considerations) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated borrowers and suppliers. Such loans are not on non-accrual, past due, or considered potential problem loans by the Bank.
 
    The following table represents a summary of related-party loans during 2006.
         
    (in 000’s)  
Outstanding loans at 12/31/05
  $ 0  
New Loans
    12,924  
Repayments
    (1,337 )
Un-advanced portion of related party loans
    (1,258 )
 
     
Outstanding loans at 12/31/06
  $ 10,329  
 
     
    Two directors of the Bank have acted as the Bank’s counsel on several loan closings. The cost of such work has been reimbursed by the respective loan customers and totals $62,000. Additionally, one of these directors has acted as legal counsel to the Bank on several matters. The total amount paid for legal fees, for non-loan related matters was less than $10,000.
 
    The Bank’s commercial insurance policy, as well as other policies, has been placed with various insurance carriers by an insurance agency of which one of our directors is the President. Gross insurance premiums paid to carriers through this agency was approximately $37,000.
 
    The Bank believes that all of the services obtained from and engaged with directors are at arms length. In addition, the Board of Directors is required to approve all loans with affiliated parties and has reviewed all relationships with affiliated parties.

45


 

(9)   Earnings Per Share Reconciliation
 
    The Bank’s calculation of earnings per share is as follows (All share data has been adjusted for the January, 2007 stock distribution) :
         
    Year Ended December 31,  
Basic earnings per share :
       
Net Loss
  ($ 564,000 )
 
     
Average number of shares outstanding
    2,399,657  
 
     
Basic loss per share
   $ (0.24 )
         
    Year Ended December 31,  
Basic earnings per share from operations :
       
Net Loss
  ($ 564,000 )
LESS:
       
Start-up and organizational expenses, net
    125,000  
 
     
Net Loss for earnings per share calculation
  ($ 439,000 )
 
       
Average number of shares outstanding
    2,399,657  
 
       
Basic loss per share from operations
   $ (0.18 )
    500 warrants to purchase shares of common stock were exercised during 2006 and such shares were included in the average number of shares outstanding. Additionally, the Bank’s shareholders currently hold warrants, which have not been exercised, to purchase an additional 479,310 shares of common stock. Additionally, there have been 62,150 incentive stock options granted to officers and employees of the bank. Diluted earnings per share has not been calculated for the warrants and the options as they would have been anti-dilutive.

46


 

(10)   Stockholders’ Equity and Dividend Restrictions
 
    The Bank declared a 10% stock distribution and paid that distribution during January 2007 by issuing 218,168 shares.
 
    Under the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended, the Bank may declare and pay cash dividends only if, after payment of the cash dividend, the capital stock of the Bank will be unimpaired and either the Bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock or the payment of the dividend will not reduce the Bank’s surplus. The FDIC prohibits payment of cash dividends if, as a result, the Bank would be undercapitalized. Further, during the first three years of its operation, cash dividends shall only be paid by the Bank from its net operating income, and only after an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses is established and overall capital is adequate.
 
(11)   Benefit Plans
 
    During 2006, the Bank’s stockholders approved the 2006 Stock Option Plan. The plan allows directors and employees of the Bank to purchase up to 119,992 shares of the Bank’s common stock, in each case as adjusted following our ten percent (10%) stock distribution in January 2007. The option price per share is the market value of the Bank’s stock on the date of grant. The option price and number of shares underlying options outstanding on the date of our ten percent (10%) stock distribution in January 2007 have been equitably adjusted to account for such stock distribution. At December 31, 2006, incentive stock options to purchase 62,150 shares have been issued to employees of the Bank.

47


 

(12)   Benefit Plans, continued
 
    A summary of the stock option plan for the period ended December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                 
    Number     Exercise  
    of     price per  
    Shares     share  
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    0          
 
               
Granted
    62,150     $ 18.18  
Forfeited
               
Exercised
               
 
 
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    62,150     $ 18.18  
 
             
    At December 31, 2006, the number of shares underlying outstanding options was 62,150 and the weighted-average price of those options was $18.18. There were 20,000 incentive stock options which had vested and are exercisable at December 31, 2006.
 
    During 2006, the Bank awarded Incentive Stock Options (ISO) which vested over a 2 year period and ISO options which vested over a 3 year period. The per share weighted-average fair values of stock options granted during 2006, which vested over a 2 year period and a 3 year period, were $2.52 and $4.34, respectively, on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model, as adjusted for the 2007 stock distribution. The options which vested over a 2 year period used the following assumptions in determining the grant date fair value of the 2006 option grants: expected dividend yields of 0.00%, risk-free interest rates of 4.77%, expected volatility of 16.00%; and average expected lives of 2 years. The options which vested over a 3 year period used the following assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value of the 2006 option grants: expected dividend yields of 0.00%, risk-free interest rates of 4.77%, expected volatility of 22.00%; and average expected lives of 3.5 years.
 
    The Bank currently offers a 401(k) profit sharing plan covering all full-time employees, wherein employees can invest up to 15% of their pretax earnings. The Bank matches a percentage of employee contributions at the board’s discretion. The Bank did not make any matching contributions during 2006.

48


 

(13)   Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
    Regulations of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) require banks to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Under the regulations in effect at December 31, 2006, the Bank was required to maintain (i) a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted assets of 4.0%, and (ii) minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.
 
    Under its prompt corrective actions regulations, the FDIC is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally, an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier 1 capital) ratio of at least 5.0%; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0%; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.
 
    The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the FDIC about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
    Management believes that, as of December 31, 2006, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent FDIC notification categorized the Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital classification.
 
    The following is a summary of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2006, compared to the FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution:
                                                 
                    FDIC requirements
                    Minimum capital   For classification
    Bank actual   adequacy   as well capitalized
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
December 31, 2006:
                                               
Leverage (Tier 1) Capital
  $ 43,000       55.01 %   $ 3,126       4.00 %   $ 3,908       5.00 %
Risk-based capital:
                                               
Tier 1
  $ 43,000       52.77 %   $ 3,260       4.00 %   $ 4,889       6.00 %
Total
  $ 43,866       53.83 %   $ 6,519       8.00 %   $ 8,149       10.00 %
    In addition to the above, as part of the Bank’s application for deposit insurance with the FDIC and as part of the bank charter approval by the New Jersey Department of Banking, the Bank is required to maintain not less than 8% Tier I Capital to total assets, as defined, through the first three years of operation.

49


 

(14)   Commitments and Contingencies
 
    The Bank is a party to transactions with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions consist of commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
    The Bank uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet loans. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Outstanding available loan commitments, primarily for commercial real estate, construction, and land development loans at December 31, 2006 totaled $24.5 million.
 
    Most of the Bank’s lending activity is with customers located in Bergen County, New Jersey. At December 31, 2006, respectively, the Bank had outstanding letters of credit to customers totaling $806,000 whereby the Bank guarantees performance to a third party. These letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates of one year or less. The fair value of these letters of credits is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements. At December 31, 2006, such amounts were deemed not material.

50


 

(15)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires that the Bank disclose the estimated fair value of its financial instruments whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. Fair value estimates and assumptions are set forth below for the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
                 
    2006
    Carrying   Estimated Fair
    amount   Value
Financial assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,853       1,853  
Fed Funds Sold
    6,986       6,986  
Securities available for sale
    9,699       9,699  
Investment securities
    1,993       2,002  
Net loans
    79,819       79,643  
Financial liabilities:
               
Deposits
    61,867       61,858  
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Fed Funds Sold
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Securities available for sale
All securities are valued using quoted market prices.
Investment Securities
Investment securities are valued using quoted market prices.
Net loans
Net loans represent loans net of unamortized costs and deferred fees. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type, such as residential and commercial real estate, commercial and other consumer. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting contractual cash flows using estimated market discount rates which reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loans.

51


 

(15), Continued
Deposits
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of year end. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Commitments to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit
The fair value of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements. At December 31, 2006, such amounts were not material.
Limitation
The preceding fair value estimates were made at December 31, 2006 based on pertinent market data and relevant information on the financial instrument. These estimates do not include any premium or discount that could result from an offer to sell at one time the Bank’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument or category thereof. Since no market exists for a substantial portion of the Bank’s financial instruments, fair value estimates were necessarily based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk assessment of various financial instruments, and other factors. Given the innately subjective nature of these estimates, the uncertainties surrounding them and the matter of significant judgment that must be applied, these fair value estimates cannot be calculated with precision. Modifications in such assumptions could meaningfully alter these estimates.
Since these fair value approximations were made solely for on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2006, no attempt was made to estimate the value of anticipated future business. Furthermore, certain tax implications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses could have a substantial impact on these fair value estimates and have not been incorporated into the estimates.

52


 

(16)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
    FASB Interpretation No. 48
 
    In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” The Interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This interpretation presents a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of Interpretation No. 48 to have a material impact of our financial statements.
 
    SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108
 
    In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (SAB 108), to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires that the Company quantify misstatements based on their impact on each of its financial statements and related disclosures. SAB 108 was effective as of the end of our 2006 fiscal year, allowing a one-time transitional cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2006 for errors that were not previously deemed material, but are material under the guidance in SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
(17)   Subsequent Event (unaudited)
 
    The Bank has entered into a plan of acquisition pursuant to which the Bank would adopt a bank holding company structure, the Bank would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc., a company formed solely for the purpose of becoming the holding company of the Bank, and the shareholders of the Bank would become shareholders of the holding company through a one-to-one exchange of their shares of common stock of the Bank for shares of common stock of the holding company. Consummation of the holding company reorganization contemplated by the plan of acquisition is subject to approval by the Federal Reserve Board and the shareholders of Bank of New Jersey. Approvals of boards of directors of the Bank and the holding company, as well as the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, have been received.

53


 

BANK OF NEW JERSEY
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
         
Board of Directors
       
 
       
Albert F. Buzzetti
Chairman of the Board
President and CEO,
Bank of New Jersey
  John K. Daily
Executive Vice President
C.A. Shea & Co.
  Josephine Mauro
Realtor and Owner,
Mauro Realty Company
 
       
Jack Alter
Mayor, Borough of Fort Lee, NJ
  Armand Leone, Jr., MD, JD
Partner,
Britcher, Leone and Roth
  Joel P. Paritz, CPA
President,
Paritz & Company, P.A.
 
       
Michael Bello
President,
Michael Bello Insurance Agency
  Anthony M. Lo Conte
President and CEO,
Anthony L and S, LLC
  Christopher M. Shaari, MD
Physician
 
       
Jay Blau
Consultant to
Dynamic Designs, Inc.
  Carmelo Luppino
General Contractor/Developer
  Anthony Siniscalchi, CPA
Partner,
A. Uzzo & Co., CPAs, P.C.
 
       
Albert L. Buzzetti, Esq.
Managing Partner,
A. Buzzetti and Associates, LLC
  Rosario Luppino
General Contractor/Developer
  Mark Sokolich, Esq.
Managing Partner,
Sokolich & Macri
 
       
Stephen Crevani
President, Aniero Concrete
  Howard Mann
President, Carolace Industries
  Diane M. Spinner
Executive Vice President and
Chief Administrative Officer,
Bank of New Jersey
 
       
Executive Officers
       
 
       
Albert F. Buzzetti
President and
Chief Executive Officer
  Michael Lesler
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
       
Leo J. Faresich
Executive Vice President and
Chief Lending Officer
  Diane M. Spinner
Executive Vice President and
Chief Administrative Officer
   

 

 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Shareholders and Board of Directors
Bank of New Jersey
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on Form S-4 of Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc. of our report dated March 2, 2007 with respect to the statements of financial condition of Bank of New Jersey as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, included herein.
KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 6, 2007